mirror of
				https://github.com/ossrs/srs.git
				synced 2025-03-09 15:49:59 +00:00 
			
		
		
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			9859 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			412 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Text
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			9859 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			412 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Text
		
	
	
	
	
	
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Network Working Group                                      R. Fielding
 | 
						||
Request for Comments: 2616                                   UC Irvine
 | 
						||
Obsoletes: 2068                                              J. Gettys
 | 
						||
Category: Standards Track                                   Compaq/W3C
 | 
						||
                                                              J. Mogul
 | 
						||
                                                                Compaq
 | 
						||
                                                            H. Frystyk
 | 
						||
                                                               W3C/MIT
 | 
						||
                                                           L. Masinter
 | 
						||
                                                                 Xerox
 | 
						||
                                                              P. Leach
 | 
						||
                                                             Microsoft
 | 
						||
                                                        T. Berners-Lee
 | 
						||
                                                               W3C/MIT
 | 
						||
                                                             June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
                Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Status of this Memo
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
 | 
						||
   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
 | 
						||
   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
 | 
						||
   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
 | 
						||
   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Copyright Notice
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Abstract
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
 | 
						||
   protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
 | 
						||
   systems. It is a generic, stateless, protocol which can be used for
 | 
						||
   many tasks beyond its use for hypertext, such as name servers and
 | 
						||
   distributed object management systems, through extension of its
 | 
						||
   request methods, error codes and headers [47]. A feature of HTTP is
 | 
						||
   the typing and negotiation of data representation, allowing systems
 | 
						||
   to be built independently of the data being transferred.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information
 | 
						||
   initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol
 | 
						||
   referred to as "HTTP/1.1", and is an update to RFC 2068 [33].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 1]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Table of Contents
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   1   Introduction ...................................................7
 | 
						||
   1.1    Purpose......................................................7
 | 
						||
   1.2   Requirements .................................................8
 | 
						||
   1.3   Terminology ..................................................8
 | 
						||
   1.4   Overall Operation ...........................................12
 | 
						||
   2   Notational Conventions and Generic Grammar ....................14
 | 
						||
   2.1   Augmented BNF ...............................................14
 | 
						||
   2.2   Basic Rules .................................................15
 | 
						||
   3   Protocol Parameters ...........................................17
 | 
						||
   3.1   HTTP Version ................................................17
 | 
						||
   3.2   Uniform Resource Identifiers ................................18
 | 
						||
   3.2.1    General Syntax ...........................................19
 | 
						||
   3.2.2    http URL .................................................19
 | 
						||
   3.2.3    URI Comparison ...........................................20
 | 
						||
   3.3   Date/Time Formats ...........................................20
 | 
						||
   3.3.1    Full Date ................................................20
 | 
						||
   3.3.2    Delta Seconds ............................................21
 | 
						||
   3.4   Character Sets ..............................................21
 | 
						||
   3.4.1    Missing Charset ..........................................22
 | 
						||
   3.5   Content Codings .............................................23
 | 
						||
   3.6   Transfer Codings ............................................24
 | 
						||
   3.6.1    Chunked Transfer Coding ..................................25
 | 
						||
   3.7   Media Types .................................................26
 | 
						||
   3.7.1    Canonicalization and Text Defaults .......................27
 | 
						||
   3.7.2    Multipart Types ..........................................27
 | 
						||
   3.8   Product Tokens ..............................................28
 | 
						||
   3.9   Quality Values ..............................................29
 | 
						||
   3.10  Language Tags ...............................................29
 | 
						||
   3.11  Entity Tags .................................................30
 | 
						||
   3.12  Range Units .................................................30
 | 
						||
   4   HTTP Message ..................................................31
 | 
						||
   4.1   Message Types ...............................................31
 | 
						||
   4.2   Message Headers .............................................31
 | 
						||
   4.3   Message Body ................................................32
 | 
						||
   4.4   Message Length ..............................................33
 | 
						||
   4.5   General Header Fields .......................................34
 | 
						||
   5   Request .......................................................35
 | 
						||
   5.1   Request-Line ................................................35
 | 
						||
   5.1.1    Method ...................................................36
 | 
						||
   5.1.2    Request-URI ..............................................36
 | 
						||
   5.2   The Resource Identified by a Request ........................38
 | 
						||
   5.3   Request Header Fields .......................................38
 | 
						||
   6   Response ......................................................39
 | 
						||
   6.1   Status-Line .................................................39
 | 
						||
   6.1.1    Status Code and Reason Phrase ............................39
 | 
						||
   6.2   Response Header Fields ......................................41
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 2]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   7   Entity ........................................................42
 | 
						||
   7.1   Entity Header Fields ........................................42
 | 
						||
   7.2   Entity Body .................................................43
 | 
						||
   7.2.1    Type .....................................................43
 | 
						||
   7.2.2    Entity Length ............................................43
 | 
						||
   8   Connections ...................................................44
 | 
						||
   8.1   Persistent Connections ......................................44
 | 
						||
   8.1.1    Purpose ..................................................44
 | 
						||
   8.1.2    Overall Operation ........................................45
 | 
						||
   8.1.3    Proxy Servers ............................................46
 | 
						||
   8.1.4    Practical Considerations .................................46
 | 
						||
   8.2   Message Transmission Requirements ...........................47
 | 
						||
   8.2.1    Persistent Connections and Flow Control ..................47
 | 
						||
   8.2.2    Monitoring Connections for Error Status Messages .........48
 | 
						||
   8.2.3    Use of the 100 (Continue) Status .........................48
 | 
						||
   8.2.4    Client Behavior if Server Prematurely Closes Connection ..50
 | 
						||
   9   Method Definitions ............................................51
 | 
						||
   9.1   Safe and Idempotent Methods .................................51
 | 
						||
   9.1.1    Safe Methods .............................................51
 | 
						||
   9.1.2    Idempotent Methods .......................................51
 | 
						||
   9.2   OPTIONS .....................................................52
 | 
						||
   9.3   GET .........................................................53
 | 
						||
   9.4   HEAD ........................................................54
 | 
						||
   9.5   POST ........................................................54
 | 
						||
   9.6   PUT .........................................................55
 | 
						||
   9.7   DELETE ......................................................56
 | 
						||
   9.8   TRACE .......................................................56
 | 
						||
   9.9   CONNECT .....................................................57
 | 
						||
   10   Status Code Definitions ......................................57
 | 
						||
   10.1  Informational 1xx ...........................................57
 | 
						||
   10.1.1   100 Continue .............................................58
 | 
						||
   10.1.2   101 Switching Protocols ..................................58
 | 
						||
   10.2  Successful 2xx ..............................................58
 | 
						||
   10.2.1   200 OK ...................................................58
 | 
						||
   10.2.2   201 Created ..............................................59
 | 
						||
   10.2.3   202 Accepted .............................................59
 | 
						||
   10.2.4   203 Non-Authoritative Information ........................59
 | 
						||
   10.2.5   204 No Content ...........................................60
 | 
						||
   10.2.6   205 Reset Content ........................................60
 | 
						||
   10.2.7   206 Partial Content ......................................60
 | 
						||
   10.3  Redirection 3xx .............................................61
 | 
						||
   10.3.1   300 Multiple Choices .....................................61
 | 
						||
   10.3.2   301 Moved Permanently ....................................62
 | 
						||
   10.3.3   302 Found ................................................62
 | 
						||
   10.3.4   303 See Other ............................................63
 | 
						||
   10.3.5   304 Not Modified .........................................63
 | 
						||
   10.3.6   305 Use Proxy ............................................64
 | 
						||
   10.3.7   306 (Unused) .............................................64
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 3]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   10.3.8   307 Temporary Redirect ...................................65
 | 
						||
   10.4  Client Error 4xx ............................................65
 | 
						||
   10.4.1    400 Bad Request .........................................65
 | 
						||
   10.4.2    401 Unauthorized ........................................66
 | 
						||
   10.4.3    402 Payment Required ....................................66
 | 
						||
   10.4.4    403 Forbidden ...........................................66
 | 
						||
   10.4.5    404 Not Found ...........................................66
 | 
						||
   10.4.6    405 Method Not Allowed ..................................66
 | 
						||
   10.4.7    406 Not Acceptable ......................................67
 | 
						||
   10.4.8    407 Proxy Authentication Required .......................67
 | 
						||
   10.4.9    408 Request Timeout .....................................67
 | 
						||
   10.4.10   409 Conflict ............................................67
 | 
						||
   10.4.11   410 Gone ................................................68
 | 
						||
   10.4.12   411 Length Required .....................................68
 | 
						||
   10.4.13   412 Precondition Failed .................................68
 | 
						||
   10.4.14   413 Request Entity Too Large ............................69
 | 
						||
   10.4.15   414 Request-URI Too Long ................................69
 | 
						||
   10.4.16   415 Unsupported Media Type ..............................69
 | 
						||
   10.4.17   416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable .....................69
 | 
						||
   10.4.18   417 Expectation Failed ..................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5  Server Error 5xx ............................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5.1   500 Internal Server Error ................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5.2   501 Not Implemented ......................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5.3   502 Bad Gateway ..........................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5.4   503 Service Unavailable ..................................70
 | 
						||
   10.5.5   504 Gateway Timeout ......................................71
 | 
						||
   10.5.6   505 HTTP Version Not Supported ...........................71
 | 
						||
   11   Access Authentication ........................................71
 | 
						||
   12   Content Negotiation ..........................................71
 | 
						||
   12.1  Server-driven Negotiation ...................................72
 | 
						||
   12.2  Agent-driven Negotiation ....................................73
 | 
						||
   12.3  Transparent Negotiation .....................................74
 | 
						||
   13   Caching in HTTP ..............................................74
 | 
						||
   13.1.1   Cache Correctness ........................................75
 | 
						||
   13.1.2   Warnings .................................................76
 | 
						||
   13.1.3   Cache-control Mechanisms .................................77
 | 
						||
   13.1.4   Explicit User Agent Warnings .............................78
 | 
						||
   13.1.5   Exceptions to the Rules and Warnings .....................78
 | 
						||
   13.1.6   Client-controlled Behavior ...............................79
 | 
						||
   13.2  Expiration Model ............................................79
 | 
						||
   13.2.1   Server-Specified Expiration ..............................79
 | 
						||
   13.2.2   Heuristic Expiration .....................................80
 | 
						||
   13.2.3   Age Calculations .........................................80
 | 
						||
   13.2.4   Expiration Calculations ..................................83
 | 
						||
   13.2.5   Disambiguating Expiration Values .........................84
 | 
						||
   13.2.6   Disambiguating Multiple Responses ........................84
 | 
						||
   13.3  Validation Model ............................................85
 | 
						||
   13.3.1   Last-Modified Dates ......................................86
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 4]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   13.3.2   Entity Tag Cache Validators ..............................86
 | 
						||
   13.3.3   Weak and Strong Validators ...............................86
 | 
						||
   13.3.4   Rules for When to Use Entity Tags and Last-Modified Dates.89
 | 
						||
   13.3.5   Non-validating Conditionals ..............................90
 | 
						||
   13.4  Response Cacheability .......................................91
 | 
						||
   13.5  Constructing Responses From Caches ..........................92
 | 
						||
   13.5.1   End-to-end and Hop-by-hop Headers ........................92
 | 
						||
   13.5.2   Non-modifiable Headers ...................................92
 | 
						||
   13.5.3   Combining Headers ........................................94
 | 
						||
   13.5.4   Combining Byte Ranges ....................................95
 | 
						||
   13.6  Caching Negotiated Responses ................................95
 | 
						||
   13.7  Shared and Non-Shared Caches ................................96
 | 
						||
   13.8  Errors or Incomplete Response Cache Behavior ................97
 | 
						||
   13.9  Side Effects of GET and HEAD ................................97
 | 
						||
   13.10   Invalidation After Updates or Deletions ...................97
 | 
						||
   13.11   Write-Through Mandatory ...................................98
 | 
						||
   13.12   Cache Replacement .........................................99
 | 
						||
   13.13   History Lists .............................................99
 | 
						||
   14   Header Field Definitions ....................................100
 | 
						||
   14.1  Accept .....................................................100
 | 
						||
   14.2  Accept-Charset .............................................102
 | 
						||
   14.3  Accept-Encoding ............................................102
 | 
						||
   14.4  Accept-Language ............................................104
 | 
						||
   14.5  Accept-Ranges ..............................................105
 | 
						||
   14.6  Age ........................................................106
 | 
						||
   14.7  Allow ......................................................106
 | 
						||
   14.8  Authorization ..............................................107
 | 
						||
   14.9  Cache-Control ..............................................108
 | 
						||
   14.9.1   What is Cacheable .......................................109
 | 
						||
   14.9.2   What May be Stored by Caches ............................110
 | 
						||
   14.9.3   Modifications of the Basic Expiration Mechanism .........111
 | 
						||
   14.9.4   Cache Revalidation and Reload Controls ..................113
 | 
						||
   14.9.5   No-Transform Directive ..................................115
 | 
						||
   14.9.6   Cache Control Extensions ................................116
 | 
						||
   14.10   Connection ...............................................117
 | 
						||
   14.11   Content-Encoding .........................................118
 | 
						||
   14.12   Content-Language .........................................118
 | 
						||
   14.13   Content-Length ...........................................119
 | 
						||
   14.14   Content-Location .........................................120
 | 
						||
   14.15   Content-MD5 ..............................................121
 | 
						||
   14.16   Content-Range ............................................122
 | 
						||
   14.17   Content-Type .............................................124
 | 
						||
   14.18   Date .....................................................124
 | 
						||
   14.18.1   Clockless Origin Server Operation ......................125
 | 
						||
   14.19   ETag .....................................................126
 | 
						||
   14.20   Expect ...................................................126
 | 
						||
   14.21   Expires ..................................................127
 | 
						||
   14.22   From .....................................................128
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 5]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   14.23   Host .....................................................128
 | 
						||
   14.24   If-Match .................................................129
 | 
						||
   14.25   If-Modified-Since ........................................130
 | 
						||
   14.26   If-None-Match ............................................132
 | 
						||
   14.27   If-Range .................................................133
 | 
						||
   14.28   If-Unmodified-Since ......................................134
 | 
						||
   14.29   Last-Modified ............................................134
 | 
						||
   14.30   Location .................................................135
 | 
						||
   14.31   Max-Forwards .............................................136
 | 
						||
   14.32   Pragma ...................................................136
 | 
						||
   14.33   Proxy-Authenticate .......................................137
 | 
						||
   14.34   Proxy-Authorization ......................................137
 | 
						||
   14.35   Range ....................................................138
 | 
						||
   14.35.1    Byte Ranges ...........................................138
 | 
						||
   14.35.2    Range Retrieval Requests ..............................139
 | 
						||
   14.36   Referer ..................................................140
 | 
						||
   14.37   Retry-After ..............................................141
 | 
						||
   14.38   Server ...................................................141
 | 
						||
   14.39   TE .......................................................142
 | 
						||
   14.40   Trailer ..................................................143
 | 
						||
   14.41  Transfer-Encoding..........................................143
 | 
						||
   14.42   Upgrade ..................................................144
 | 
						||
   14.43   User-Agent ...............................................145
 | 
						||
   14.44   Vary .....................................................145
 | 
						||
   14.45   Via ......................................................146
 | 
						||
   14.46   Warning ..................................................148
 | 
						||
   14.47   WWW-Authenticate .........................................150
 | 
						||
   15 Security Considerations .......................................150
 | 
						||
   15.1      Personal Information....................................151
 | 
						||
   15.1.1   Abuse of Server Log Information .........................151
 | 
						||
   15.1.2   Transfer of Sensitive Information .......................151
 | 
						||
   15.1.3   Encoding Sensitive Information in URI's .................152
 | 
						||
   15.1.4   Privacy Issues Connected to Accept Headers ..............152
 | 
						||
   15.2  Attacks Based On File and Path Names .......................153
 | 
						||
   15.3  DNS Spoofing ...............................................154
 | 
						||
   15.4  Location Headers and Spoofing ..............................154
 | 
						||
   15.5  Content-Disposition Issues .................................154
 | 
						||
   15.6  Authentication Credentials and Idle Clients ................155
 | 
						||
   15.7  Proxies and Caching ........................................155
 | 
						||
   15.7.1    Denial of Service Attacks on Proxies....................156
 | 
						||
   16   Acknowledgments .............................................156
 | 
						||
   17   References ..................................................158
 | 
						||
   18   Authors' Addresses ..........................................162
 | 
						||
   19   Appendices ..................................................164
 | 
						||
   19.1  Internet Media Type message/http and application/http ......164
 | 
						||
   19.2  Internet Media Type multipart/byteranges ...................165
 | 
						||
   19.3  Tolerant Applications ......................................166
 | 
						||
   19.4  Differences Between HTTP Entities and RFC 2045 Entities ....167
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 6]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   19.4.1   MIME-Version ............................................167
 | 
						||
   19.4.2   Conversion to Canonical Form ............................167
 | 
						||
   19.4.3   Conversion of Date Formats ..............................168
 | 
						||
   19.4.4   Introduction of Content-Encoding ........................168
 | 
						||
   19.4.5   No Content-Transfer-Encoding ............................168
 | 
						||
   19.4.6   Introduction of Transfer-Encoding .......................169
 | 
						||
   19.4.7   MHTML and Line Length Limitations .......................169
 | 
						||
   19.5  Additional Features ........................................169
 | 
						||
   19.5.1   Content-Disposition .....................................170
 | 
						||
   19.6  Compatibility with Previous Versions .......................170
 | 
						||
   19.6.1   Changes from HTTP/1.0 ...................................171
 | 
						||
   19.6.2   Compatibility with HTTP/1.0 Persistent Connections ......172
 | 
						||
   19.6.3   Changes from RFC 2068 ...................................172
 | 
						||
   20   Index .......................................................175
 | 
						||
   21   Full Copyright Statement ....................................176
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
1 Introduction
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
1.1 Purpose
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
 | 
						||
   protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
 | 
						||
   systems. HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global
 | 
						||
   information initiative since 1990. The first version of HTTP,
 | 
						||
   referred to as HTTP/0.9, was a simple protocol for raw data transfer
 | 
						||
   across the Internet. HTTP/1.0, as defined by RFC 1945 [6], improved
 | 
						||
   the protocol by allowing messages to be in the format of MIME-like
 | 
						||
   messages, containing metainformation about the data transferred and
 | 
						||
   modifiers on the request/response semantics. However, HTTP/1.0 does
 | 
						||
   not sufficiently take into consideration the effects of hierarchical
 | 
						||
   proxies, caching, the need for persistent connections, or virtual
 | 
						||
   hosts. In addition, the proliferation of incompletely-implemented
 | 
						||
   applications calling themselves "HTTP/1.0" has necessitated a
 | 
						||
   protocol version change in order for two communicating applications
 | 
						||
   to determine each other's true capabilities.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification defines the protocol referred to as "HTTP/1.1".
 | 
						||
   This protocol includes more stringent requirements than HTTP/1.0 in
 | 
						||
   order to ensure reliable implementation of its features.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Practical information systems require more functionality than simple
 | 
						||
   retrieval, including search, front-end update, and annotation. HTTP
 | 
						||
   allows an open-ended set of methods and headers that indicate the
 | 
						||
   purpose of a request [47]. It builds on the discipline of reference
 | 
						||
   provided by the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) [3], as a location
 | 
						||
   (URL) [4] or name (URN) [20], for indicating the resource to which a
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 7]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   method is to be applied. Messages are passed in a format similar to
 | 
						||
   that used by Internet mail [9] as defined by the Multipurpose
 | 
						||
   Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) [7].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP is also used as a generic protocol for communication between
 | 
						||
   user agents and proxies/gateways to other Internet systems, including
 | 
						||
   those supported by the SMTP [16], NNTP [13], FTP [18], Gopher [2],
 | 
						||
   and WAIS [10] protocols. In this way, HTTP allows basic hypermedia
 | 
						||
   access to resources available from diverse applications.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
1.2 Requirements
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
 | 
						||
   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
 | 
						||
   document are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119 [34].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one or more
 | 
						||
   of the MUST or REQUIRED level requirements for the protocols it
 | 
						||
   implements. An implementation that satisfies all the MUST or REQUIRED
 | 
						||
   level and all the SHOULD level requirements for its protocols is said
 | 
						||
   to be "unconditionally compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST
 | 
						||
   level requirements but not all the SHOULD level requirements for its
 | 
						||
   protocols is said to be "conditionally compliant."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
1.3 Terminology
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification uses a number of terms to refer to the roles
 | 
						||
   played by participants in, and objects of, the HTTP communication.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   connection
 | 
						||
      A transport layer virtual circuit established between two programs
 | 
						||
      for the purpose of communication.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   message
 | 
						||
      The basic unit of HTTP communication, consisting of a structured
 | 
						||
      sequence of octets matching the syntax defined in section 4 and
 | 
						||
      transmitted via the connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   request
 | 
						||
      An HTTP request message, as defined in section 5.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   response
 | 
						||
      An HTTP response message, as defined in section 6.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 8]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   resource
 | 
						||
      A network data object or service that can be identified by a URI,
 | 
						||
      as defined in section 3.2. Resources may be available in multiple
 | 
						||
      representations (e.g. multiple languages, data formats, size, and
 | 
						||
      resolutions) or vary in other ways.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   entity
 | 
						||
      The information transferred as the payload of a request or
 | 
						||
      response. An entity consists of metainformation in the form of
 | 
						||
      entity-header fields and content in the form of an entity-body, as
 | 
						||
      described in section 7.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   representation
 | 
						||
      An entity included with a response that is subject to content
 | 
						||
      negotiation, as described in section 12. There may exist multiple
 | 
						||
      representations associated with a particular response status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   content negotiation
 | 
						||
      The mechanism for selecting the appropriate representation when
 | 
						||
      servicing a request, as described in section 12. The
 | 
						||
      representation of entities in any response can be negotiated
 | 
						||
      (including error responses).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   variant
 | 
						||
      A resource may have one, or more than one, representation(s)
 | 
						||
      associated with it at any given instant. Each of these
 | 
						||
      representations is termed a `varriant'.  Use of the term `variant'
 | 
						||
      does not necessarily imply that the resource is subject to content
 | 
						||
      negotiation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   client
 | 
						||
      A program that establishes connections for the purpose of sending
 | 
						||
      requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   user agent
 | 
						||
      The client which initiates a request. These are often browsers,
 | 
						||
      editors, spiders (web-traversing robots), or other end user tools.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   server
 | 
						||
      An application program that accepts connections in order to
 | 
						||
      service requests by sending back responses. Any given program may
 | 
						||
      be capable of being both a client and a server; our use of these
 | 
						||
      terms refers only to the role being performed by the program for a
 | 
						||
      particular connection, rather than to the program's capabilities
 | 
						||
      in general. Likewise, any server may act as an origin server,
 | 
						||
      proxy, gateway, or tunnel, switching behavior based on the nature
 | 
						||
      of each request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                     [Page 9]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   origin server
 | 
						||
      The server on which a given resource resides or is to be created.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   proxy
 | 
						||
      An intermediary program which acts as both a server and a client
 | 
						||
      for the purpose of making requests on behalf of other clients.
 | 
						||
      Requests are serviced internally or by passing them on, with
 | 
						||
      possible translation, to other servers. A proxy MUST implement
 | 
						||
      both the client and server requirements of this specification. A
 | 
						||
      "transparent proxy" is a proxy that does not modify the request or
 | 
						||
      response beyond what is required for proxy authentication and
 | 
						||
      identification. A "non-transparent proxy" is a proxy that modifies
 | 
						||
      the request or response in order to provide some added service to
 | 
						||
      the user agent, such as group annotation services, media type
 | 
						||
      transformation, protocol reduction, or anonymity filtering. Except
 | 
						||
      where either transparent or non-transparent behavior is explicitly
 | 
						||
      stated, the HTTP proxy requirements apply to both types of
 | 
						||
      proxies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   gateway
 | 
						||
      A server which acts as an intermediary for some other server.
 | 
						||
      Unlike a proxy, a gateway receives requests as if it were the
 | 
						||
      origin server for the requested resource; the requesting client
 | 
						||
      may not be aware that it is communicating with a gateway.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   tunnel
 | 
						||
      An intermediary program which is acting as a blind relay between
 | 
						||
      two connections. Once active, a tunnel is not considered a party
 | 
						||
      to the HTTP communication, though the tunnel may have been
 | 
						||
      initiated by an HTTP request. The tunnel ceases to exist when both
 | 
						||
      ends of the relayed connections are closed.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   cache
 | 
						||
      A program's local store of response messages and the subsystem
 | 
						||
      that controls its message storage, retrieval, and deletion. A
 | 
						||
      cache stores cacheable responses in order to reduce the response
 | 
						||
      time and network bandwidth consumption on future, equivalent
 | 
						||
      requests. Any client or server may include a cache, though a cache
 | 
						||
      cannot be used by a server that is acting as a tunnel.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   cacheable
 | 
						||
      A response is cacheable if a cache is allowed to store a copy of
 | 
						||
      the response message for use in answering subsequent requests. The
 | 
						||
      rules for determining the cacheability of HTTP responses are
 | 
						||
      defined in section 13. Even if a resource is cacheable, there may
 | 
						||
      be additional constraints on whether a cache can use the cached
 | 
						||
      copy for a particular request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 10]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   first-hand
 | 
						||
      A response is first-hand if it comes directly and without
 | 
						||
      unnecessary delay from the origin server, perhaps via one or more
 | 
						||
      proxies. A response is also first-hand if its validity has just
 | 
						||
      been checked directly with the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   explicit expiration time
 | 
						||
      The time at which the origin server intends that an entity should
 | 
						||
      no longer be returned by a cache without further validation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   heuristic expiration time
 | 
						||
      An expiration time assigned by a cache when no explicit expiration
 | 
						||
      time is available.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   age
 | 
						||
      The age of a response is the time since it was sent by, or
 | 
						||
      successfully validated with, the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   freshness lifetime
 | 
						||
      The length of time between the generation of a response and its
 | 
						||
      expiration time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   fresh
 | 
						||
      A response is fresh if its age has not yet exceeded its freshness
 | 
						||
      lifetime.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   stale
 | 
						||
      A response is stale if its age has passed its freshness lifetime.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   semantically transparent
 | 
						||
      A cache behaves in a "semantically transparent" manner, with
 | 
						||
      respect to a particular response, when its use affects neither the
 | 
						||
      requesting client nor the origin server, except to improve
 | 
						||
      performance. When a cache is semantically transparent, the client
 | 
						||
      receives exactly the same response (except for hop-by-hop headers)
 | 
						||
      that it would have received had its request been handled directly
 | 
						||
      by the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   validator
 | 
						||
      A protocol element (e.g., an entity tag or a Last-Modified time)
 | 
						||
      that is used to find out whether a cache entry is an equivalent
 | 
						||
      copy of an entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   upstream/downstream
 | 
						||
      Upstream and downstream describe the flow of a message: all
 | 
						||
      messages flow from upstream to downstream.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 11]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   inbound/outbound
 | 
						||
      Inbound and outbound refer to the request and response paths for
 | 
						||
      messages: "inbound" means "traveling toward the origin server",
 | 
						||
      and "outbound" means "traveling toward the user agent"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
1.4 Overall Operation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP protocol is a request/response protocol. A client sends a
 | 
						||
   request to the server in the form of a request method, URI, and
 | 
						||
   protocol version, followed by a MIME-like message containing request
 | 
						||
   modifiers, client information, and possible body content over a
 | 
						||
   connection with a server. The server responds with a status line,
 | 
						||
   including the message's protocol version and a success or error code,
 | 
						||
   followed by a MIME-like message containing server information, entity
 | 
						||
   metainformation, and possible entity-body content. The relationship
 | 
						||
   between HTTP and MIME is described in appendix 19.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Most HTTP communication is initiated by a user agent and consists of
 | 
						||
   a request to be applied to a resource on some origin server. In the
 | 
						||
   simplest case, this may be accomplished via a single connection (v)
 | 
						||
   between the user agent (UA) and the origin server (O).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          request chain ------------------------>
 | 
						||
       UA -------------------v------------------- O
 | 
						||
          <----------------------- response chain
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A more complicated situation occurs when one or more intermediaries
 | 
						||
   are present in the request/response chain. There are three common
 | 
						||
   forms of intermediary: proxy, gateway, and tunnel. A proxy is a
 | 
						||
   forwarding agent, receiving requests for a URI in its absolute form,
 | 
						||
   rewriting all or part of the message, and forwarding the reformatted
 | 
						||
   request toward the server identified by the URI. A gateway is a
 | 
						||
   receiving agent, acting as a layer above some other server(s) and, if
 | 
						||
   necessary, translating the requests to the underlying server's
 | 
						||
   protocol. A tunnel acts as a relay point between two connections
 | 
						||
   without changing the messages; tunnels are used when the
 | 
						||
   communication needs to pass through an intermediary (such as a
 | 
						||
   firewall) even when the intermediary cannot understand the contents
 | 
						||
   of the messages.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          request chain -------------------------------------->
 | 
						||
       UA -----v----- A -----v----- B -----v----- C -----v----- O
 | 
						||
          <------------------------------------- response chain
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The figure above shows three intermediaries (A, B, and C) between the
 | 
						||
   user agent and origin server. A request or response message that
 | 
						||
   travels the whole chain will pass through four separate connections.
 | 
						||
   This distinction is important because some HTTP communication options
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 12]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   may apply only to the connection with the nearest, non-tunnel
 | 
						||
   neighbor, only to the end-points of the chain, or to all connections
 | 
						||
   along the chain. Although the diagram is linear, each participant may
 | 
						||
   be engaged in multiple, simultaneous communications. For example, B
 | 
						||
   may be receiving requests from many clients other than A, and/or
 | 
						||
   forwarding requests to servers other than C, at the same time that it
 | 
						||
   is handling A's request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Any party to the communication which is not acting as a tunnel may
 | 
						||
   employ an internal cache for handling requests. The effect of a cache
 | 
						||
   is that the request/response chain is shortened if one of the
 | 
						||
   participants along the chain has a cached response applicable to that
 | 
						||
   request. The following illustrates the resulting chain if B has a
 | 
						||
   cached copy of an earlier response from O (via C) for a request which
 | 
						||
   has not been cached by UA or A.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          request chain ---------->
 | 
						||
       UA -----v----- A -----v----- B - - - - - - C - - - - - - O
 | 
						||
          <--------- response chain
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Not all responses are usefully cacheable, and some requests may
 | 
						||
   contain modifiers which place special requirements on cache behavior.
 | 
						||
   HTTP requirements for cache behavior and cacheable responses are
 | 
						||
   defined in section 13.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In fact, there are a wide variety of architectures and configurations
 | 
						||
   of caches and proxies currently being experimented with or deployed
 | 
						||
   across the World Wide Web. These systems include national hierarchies
 | 
						||
   of proxy caches to save transoceanic bandwidth, systems that
 | 
						||
   broadcast or multicast cache entries, organizations that distribute
 | 
						||
   subsets of cached data via CD-ROM, and so on. HTTP systems are used
 | 
						||
   in corporate intranets over high-bandwidth links, and for access via
 | 
						||
   PDAs with low-power radio links and intermittent connectivity. The
 | 
						||
   goal of HTTP/1.1 is to support the wide diversity of configurations
 | 
						||
   already deployed while introducing protocol constructs that meet the
 | 
						||
   needs of those who build web applications that require high
 | 
						||
   reliability and, failing that, at least reliable indications of
 | 
						||
   failure.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP communication usually takes place over TCP/IP connections. The
 | 
						||
   default port is TCP 80 [19], but other ports can be used. This does
 | 
						||
   not preclude HTTP from being implemented on top of any other protocol
 | 
						||
   on the Internet, or on other networks. HTTP only presumes a reliable
 | 
						||
   transport; any protocol that provides such guarantees can be used;
 | 
						||
   the mapping of the HTTP/1.1 request and response structures onto the
 | 
						||
   transport data units of the protocol in question is outside the scope
 | 
						||
   of this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 13]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In HTTP/1.0, most implementations used a new connection for each
 | 
						||
   request/response exchange. In HTTP/1.1, a connection may be used for
 | 
						||
   one or more request/response exchanges, although connections may be
 | 
						||
   closed for a variety of reasons (see section 8.1).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
2 Notational Conventions and Generic Grammar
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
2.1 Augmented BNF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All of the mechanisms specified in this document are described in
 | 
						||
   both prose and an augmented Backus-Naur Form (BNF) similar to that
 | 
						||
   used by RFC 822 [9]. Implementors will need to be familiar with the
 | 
						||
   notation in order to understand this specification. The augmented BNF
 | 
						||
   includes the following constructs:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   name = definition
 | 
						||
      The name of a rule is simply the name itself (without any
 | 
						||
      enclosing "<" and ">") and is separated from its definition by the
 | 
						||
      equal "=" character. White space is only significant in that
 | 
						||
      indentation of continuation lines is used to indicate a rule
 | 
						||
      definition that spans more than one line. Certain basic rules are
 | 
						||
      in uppercase, such as SP, LWS, HT, CRLF, DIGIT, ALPHA, etc. Angle
 | 
						||
      brackets are used within definitions whenever their presence will
 | 
						||
      facilitate discerning the use of rule names.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   "literal"
 | 
						||
      Quotation marks surround literal text. Unless stated otherwise,
 | 
						||
      the text is case-insensitive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   rule1 | rule2
 | 
						||
      Elements separated by a bar ("|") are alternatives, e.g., "yes |
 | 
						||
      no" will accept yes or no.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   (rule1 rule2)
 | 
						||
      Elements enclosed in parentheses are treated as a single element.
 | 
						||
      Thus, "(elem (foo | bar) elem)" allows the token sequences "elem
 | 
						||
      foo elem" and "elem bar elem".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   *rule
 | 
						||
      The character "*" preceding an element indicates repetition. The
 | 
						||
      full form is "<n>*<m>element" indicating at least <n> and at most
 | 
						||
      <m> occurrences of element. Default values are 0 and infinity so
 | 
						||
      that "*(element)" allows any number, including zero; "1*element"
 | 
						||
      requires at least one; and "1*2element" allows one or two.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [rule]
 | 
						||
      Square brackets enclose optional elements; "[foo bar]" is
 | 
						||
      equivalent to "*1(foo bar)".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 14]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   N rule
 | 
						||
      Specific repetition: "<n>(element)" is equivalent to
 | 
						||
      "<n>*<n>(element)"; that is, exactly <n> occurrences of (element).
 | 
						||
      Thus 2DIGIT is a 2-digit number, and 3ALPHA is a string of three
 | 
						||
      alphabetic characters.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   #rule
 | 
						||
      A construct "#" is defined, similar to "*", for defining lists of
 | 
						||
      elements. The full form is "<n>#<m>element" indicating at least
 | 
						||
      <n> and at most <m> elements, each separated by one or more commas
 | 
						||
      (",") and OPTIONAL linear white space (LWS). This makes the usual
 | 
						||
      form of lists very easy; a rule such as
 | 
						||
         ( *LWS element *( *LWS "," *LWS element ))
 | 
						||
      can be shown as
 | 
						||
         1#element
 | 
						||
      Wherever this construct is used, null elements are allowed, but do
 | 
						||
      not contribute to the count of elements present. That is,
 | 
						||
      "(element), , (element) " is permitted, but counts as only two
 | 
						||
      elements. Therefore, where at least one element is required, at
 | 
						||
      least one non-null element MUST be present. Default values are 0
 | 
						||
      and infinity so that "#element" allows any number, including zero;
 | 
						||
      "1#element" requires at least one; and "1#2element" allows one or
 | 
						||
      two.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   ; comment
 | 
						||
      A semi-colon, set off some distance to the right of rule text,
 | 
						||
      starts a comment that continues to the end of line. This is a
 | 
						||
      simple way of including useful notes in parallel with the
 | 
						||
      specifications.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   implied *LWS
 | 
						||
      The grammar described by this specification is word-based. Except
 | 
						||
      where noted otherwise, linear white space (LWS) can be included
 | 
						||
      between any two adjacent words (token or quoted-string), and
 | 
						||
      between adjacent words and separators, without changing the
 | 
						||
      interpretation of a field. At least one delimiter (LWS and/or
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      separators) MUST exist between any two tokens (for the definition
 | 
						||
      of "token" below), since they would otherwise be interpreted as a
 | 
						||
      single token.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
2.2 Basic Rules
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The following rules are used throughout this specification to
 | 
						||
   describe basic parsing constructs. The US-ASCII coded character set
 | 
						||
   is defined by ANSI X3.4-1986 [21].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 15]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       OCTET          = <any 8-bit sequence of data>
 | 
						||
       CHAR           = <any US-ASCII character (octets 0 - 127)>
 | 
						||
       UPALPHA        = <any US-ASCII uppercase letter "A".."Z">
 | 
						||
       LOALPHA        = <any US-ASCII lowercase letter "a".."z">
 | 
						||
       ALPHA          = UPALPHA | LOALPHA
 | 
						||
       DIGIT          = <any US-ASCII digit "0".."9">
 | 
						||
       CTL            = <any US-ASCII control character
 | 
						||
                        (octets 0 - 31) and DEL (127)>
 | 
						||
       CR             = <US-ASCII CR, carriage return (13)>
 | 
						||
       LF             = <US-ASCII LF, linefeed (10)>
 | 
						||
       SP             = <US-ASCII SP, space (32)>
 | 
						||
       HT             = <US-ASCII HT, horizontal-tab (9)>
 | 
						||
       <">            = <US-ASCII double-quote mark (34)>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 defines the sequence CR LF as the end-of-line marker for all
 | 
						||
   protocol elements except the entity-body (see appendix 19.3 for
 | 
						||
   tolerant applications). The end-of-line marker within an entity-body
 | 
						||
   is defined by its associated media type, as described in section 3.7.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       CRLF           = CR LF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 header field values can be folded onto multiple lines if the
 | 
						||
   continuation line begins with a space or horizontal tab. All linear
 | 
						||
   white space, including folding, has the same semantics as SP. A
 | 
						||
   recipient MAY replace any linear white space with a single SP before
 | 
						||
   interpreting the field value or forwarding the message downstream.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       LWS            = [CRLF] 1*( SP | HT )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The TEXT rule is only used for descriptive field contents and values
 | 
						||
   that are not intended to be interpreted by the message parser. Words
 | 
						||
   of *TEXT MAY contain characters from character sets other than ISO-
 | 
						||
   8859-1 [22] only when encoded according to the rules of RFC 2047
 | 
						||
   [14].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       TEXT           = <any OCTET except CTLs,
 | 
						||
                        but including LWS>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A CRLF is allowed in the definition of TEXT only as part of a header
 | 
						||
   field continuation. It is expected that the folding LWS will be
 | 
						||
   replaced with a single SP before interpretation of the TEXT value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Hexadecimal numeric characters are used in several protocol elements.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       HEX            = "A" | "B" | "C" | "D" | "E" | "F"
 | 
						||
                      | "a" | "b" | "c" | "d" | "e" | "f" | DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 16]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Many HTTP/1.1 header field values consist of words separated by LWS
 | 
						||
   or special characters. These special characters MUST be in a quoted
 | 
						||
   string to be used within a parameter value (as defined in section
 | 
						||
   3.6).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       token          = 1*<any CHAR except CTLs or separators>
 | 
						||
       separators     = "(" | ")" | "<" | ">" | "@"
 | 
						||
                      | "," | ";" | ":" | "\" | <">
 | 
						||
                      | "/" | "[" | "]" | "?" | "="
 | 
						||
                      | "{" | "}" | SP | HT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Comments can be included in some HTTP header fields by surrounding
 | 
						||
   the comment text with parentheses. Comments are only allowed in
 | 
						||
   fields containing "comment" as part of their field value definition.
 | 
						||
   In all other fields, parentheses are considered part of the field
 | 
						||
   value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       comment        = "(" *( ctext | quoted-pair | comment ) ")"
 | 
						||
       ctext          = <any TEXT excluding "(" and ")">
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A string of text is parsed as a single word if it is quoted using
 | 
						||
   double-quote marks.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       quoted-string  = ( <"> *(qdtext | quoted-pair ) <"> )
 | 
						||
       qdtext         = <any TEXT except <">>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The backslash character ("\") MAY be used as a single-character
 | 
						||
   quoting mechanism only within quoted-string and comment constructs.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       quoted-pair    = "\" CHAR
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3 Protocol Parameters
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.1 HTTP Version
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP uses a "<major>.<minor>" numbering scheme to indicate versions
 | 
						||
   of the protocol. The protocol versioning policy is intended to allow
 | 
						||
   the sender to indicate the format of a message and its capacity for
 | 
						||
   understanding further HTTP communication, rather than the features
 | 
						||
   obtained via that communication. No change is made to the version
 | 
						||
   number for the addition of message components which do not affect
 | 
						||
   communication behavior or which only add to extensible field values.
 | 
						||
   The <minor> number is incremented when the changes made to the
 | 
						||
   protocol add features which do not change the general message parsing
 | 
						||
   algorithm, but which may add to the message semantics and imply
 | 
						||
   additional capabilities of the sender. The <major> number is
 | 
						||
   incremented when the format of a message within the protocol is
 | 
						||
   changed. See RFC 2145 [36] for a fuller explanation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 17]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The version of an HTTP message is indicated by an HTTP-Version field
 | 
						||
   in the first line of the message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       HTTP-Version   = "HTTP" "/" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that the major and minor numbers MUST be treated as separate
 | 
						||
   integers and that each MAY be incremented higher than a single digit.
 | 
						||
   Thus, HTTP/2.4 is a lower version than HTTP/2.13, which in turn is
 | 
						||
   lower than HTTP/12.3. Leading zeros MUST be ignored by recipients and
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT be sent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An application that sends a request or response message that includes
 | 
						||
   HTTP-Version of "HTTP/1.1" MUST be at least conditionally compliant
 | 
						||
   with this specification. Applications that are at least conditionally
 | 
						||
   compliant with this specification SHOULD use an HTTP-Version of
 | 
						||
   "HTTP/1.1" in their messages, and MUST do so for any message that is
 | 
						||
   not compatible with HTTP/1.0. For more details on when to send
 | 
						||
   specific HTTP-Version values, see RFC 2145 [36].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP version of an application is the highest HTTP version for
 | 
						||
   which the application is at least conditionally compliant.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxy and gateway applications need to be careful when forwarding
 | 
						||
   messages in protocol versions different from that of the application.
 | 
						||
   Since the protocol version indicates the protocol capability of the
 | 
						||
   sender, a proxy/gateway MUST NOT send a message with a version
 | 
						||
   indicator which is greater than its actual version. If a higher
 | 
						||
   version request is received, the proxy/gateway MUST either downgrade
 | 
						||
   the request version, or respond with an error, or switch to tunnel
 | 
						||
   behavior.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Due to interoperability problems with HTTP/1.0 proxies discovered
 | 
						||
   since the publication of RFC 2068[33], caching proxies MUST, gateways
 | 
						||
   MAY, and tunnels MUST NOT upgrade the request to the highest version
 | 
						||
   they support. The proxy/gateway's response to that request MUST be in
 | 
						||
   the same major version as the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Converting between versions of HTTP may involve modification
 | 
						||
      of header fields required or forbidden by the versions involved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.2 Uniform Resource Identifiers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   URIs have been known by many names: WWW addresses, Universal Document
 | 
						||
   Identifiers, Universal Resource Identifiers [3], and finally the
 | 
						||
   combination of Uniform Resource Locators (URL) [4] and Names (URN)
 | 
						||
   [20]. As far as HTTP is concerned, Uniform Resource Identifiers are
 | 
						||
   simply formatted strings which identify--via name, location, or any
 | 
						||
   other characteristic--a resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 18]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.2.1 General Syntax
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   URIs in HTTP can be represented in absolute form or relative to some
 | 
						||
   known base URI [11], depending upon the context of their use. The two
 | 
						||
   forms are differentiated by the fact that absolute URIs always begin
 | 
						||
   with a scheme name followed by a colon. For definitive information on
 | 
						||
   URL syntax and semantics, see "Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI):
 | 
						||
   Generic Syntax and Semantics," RFC 2396 [42] (which replaces RFCs
 | 
						||
   1738 [4] and RFC 1808 [11]). This specification adopts the
 | 
						||
   definitions of "URI-reference", "absoluteURI", "relativeURI", "port",
 | 
						||
   "host","abs_path", "rel_path", and "authority" from that
 | 
						||
   specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP protocol does not place any a priori limit on the length of
 | 
						||
   a URI. Servers MUST be able to handle the URI of any resource they
 | 
						||
   serve, and SHOULD be able to handle URIs of unbounded length if they
 | 
						||
   provide GET-based forms that could generate such URIs. A server
 | 
						||
   SHOULD return 414 (Request-URI Too Long) status if a URI is longer
 | 
						||
   than the server can handle (see section 10.4.15).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Servers ought to be cautious about depending on URI lengths
 | 
						||
      above 255 bytes, because some older client or proxy
 | 
						||
      implementations might not properly support these lengths.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.2.2 http URL
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The "http" scheme is used to locate network resources via the HTTP
 | 
						||
   protocol. This section defines the scheme-specific syntax and
 | 
						||
   semantics for http URLs.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   http_URL = "http:" "//" host [ ":" port ] [ abs_path [ "?" query ]]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the port is empty or not given, port 80 is assumed. The semantics
 | 
						||
   are that the identified resource is located at the server listening
 | 
						||
   for TCP connections on that port of that host, and the Request-URI
 | 
						||
   for the resource is abs_path (section 5.1.2). The use of IP addresses
 | 
						||
   in URLs SHOULD be avoided whenever possible (see RFC 1900 [24]). If
 | 
						||
   the abs_path is not present in the URL, it MUST be given as "/" when
 | 
						||
   used as a Request-URI for a resource (section 5.1.2). If a proxy
 | 
						||
   receives a host name which is not a fully qualified domain name, it
 | 
						||
   MAY add its domain to the host name it received. If a proxy receives
 | 
						||
   a fully qualified domain name, the proxy MUST NOT change the host
 | 
						||
   name.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 19]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.2.3 URI Comparison
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When comparing two URIs to decide if they match or not, a client
 | 
						||
   SHOULD use a case-sensitive octet-by-octet comparison of the entire
 | 
						||
   URIs, with these exceptions:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - A port that is empty or not given is equivalent to the default
 | 
						||
        port for that URI-reference;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        - Comparisons of host names MUST be case-insensitive;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        - Comparisons of scheme names MUST be case-insensitive;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        - An empty abs_path is equivalent to an abs_path of "/".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Characters other than those in the "reserved" and "unsafe" sets (see
 | 
						||
   RFC 2396 [42]) are equivalent to their ""%" HEX HEX" encoding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For example, the following three URIs are equivalent:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      http://abc.com:80/~smith/home.html
 | 
						||
      http://ABC.com/%7Esmith/home.html
 | 
						||
      http://ABC.com:/%7esmith/home.html
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.3 Date/Time Formats
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.3.1 Full Date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP applications have historically allowed three different formats
 | 
						||
   for the representation of date/time stamps:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT  ; RFC 822, updated by RFC 1123
 | 
						||
      Sunday, 06-Nov-94 08:49:37 GMT ; RFC 850, obsoleted by RFC 1036
 | 
						||
      Sun Nov  6 08:49:37 1994       ; ANSI C's asctime() format
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The first format is preferred as an Internet standard and represents
 | 
						||
   a fixed-length subset of that defined by RFC 1123 [8] (an update to
 | 
						||
   RFC 822 [9]). The second format is in common use, but is based on the
 | 
						||
   obsolete RFC 850 [12] date format and lacks a four-digit year.
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 clients and servers that parse the date value MUST accept
 | 
						||
   all three formats (for compatibility with HTTP/1.0), though they MUST
 | 
						||
   only generate the RFC 1123 format for representing HTTP-date values
 | 
						||
   in header fields. See section 19.3 for further information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Recipients of date values are encouraged to be robust in
 | 
						||
      accepting date values that may have been sent by non-HTTP
 | 
						||
      applications, as is sometimes the case when retrieving or posting
 | 
						||
      messages via proxies/gateways to SMTP or NNTP.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 20]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All HTTP date/time stamps MUST be represented in Greenwich Mean Time
 | 
						||
   (GMT), without exception. For the purposes of HTTP, GMT is exactly
 | 
						||
   equal to UTC (Coordinated Universal Time). This is indicated in the
 | 
						||
   first two formats by the inclusion of "GMT" as the three-letter
 | 
						||
   abbreviation for time zone, and MUST be assumed when reading the
 | 
						||
   asctime format. HTTP-date is case sensitive and MUST NOT include
 | 
						||
   additional LWS beyond that specifically included as SP in the
 | 
						||
   grammar.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       HTTP-date    = rfc1123-date | rfc850-date | asctime-date
 | 
						||
       rfc1123-date = wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
 | 
						||
       rfc850-date  = weekday "," SP date2 SP time SP "GMT"
 | 
						||
       asctime-date = wkday SP date3 SP time SP 4DIGIT
 | 
						||
       date1        = 2DIGIT SP month SP 4DIGIT
 | 
						||
                      ; day month year (e.g., 02 Jun 1982)
 | 
						||
       date2        = 2DIGIT "-" month "-" 2DIGIT
 | 
						||
                      ; day-month-year (e.g., 02-Jun-82)
 | 
						||
       date3        = month SP ( 2DIGIT | ( SP 1DIGIT ))
 | 
						||
                      ; month day (e.g., Jun  2)
 | 
						||
       time         = 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT
 | 
						||
                      ; 00:00:00 - 23:59:59
 | 
						||
       wkday        = "Mon" | "Tue" | "Wed"
 | 
						||
                    | "Thu" | "Fri" | "Sat" | "Sun"
 | 
						||
       weekday      = "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday"
 | 
						||
                    | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday" | "Sunday"
 | 
						||
       month        = "Jan" | "Feb" | "Mar" | "Apr"
 | 
						||
                    | "May" | "Jun" | "Jul" | "Aug"
 | 
						||
                    | "Sep" | "Oct" | "Nov" | "Dec"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: HTTP requirements for the date/time stamp format apply only
 | 
						||
      to their usage within the protocol stream. Clients and servers are
 | 
						||
      not required to use these formats for user presentation, request
 | 
						||
      logging, etc.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.3.2 Delta Seconds
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some HTTP header fields allow a time value to be specified as an
 | 
						||
   integer number of seconds, represented in decimal, after the time
 | 
						||
   that the message was received.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       delta-seconds  = 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.4 Character Sets
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP uses the same definition of the term "character set" as that
 | 
						||
   described for MIME:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 21]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The term "character set" is used in this document to refer to a
 | 
						||
   method used with one or more tables to convert a sequence of octets
 | 
						||
   into a sequence of characters. Note that unconditional conversion in
 | 
						||
   the other direction is not required, in that not all characters may
 | 
						||
   be available in a given character set and a character set may provide
 | 
						||
   more than one sequence of octets to represent a particular character.
 | 
						||
   This definition is intended to allow various kinds of character
 | 
						||
   encoding, from simple single-table mappings such as US-ASCII to
 | 
						||
   complex table switching methods such as those that use ISO-2022's
 | 
						||
   techniques. However, the definition associated with a MIME character
 | 
						||
   set name MUST fully specify the mapping to be performed from octets
 | 
						||
   to characters. In particular, use of external profiling information
 | 
						||
   to determine the exact mapping is not permitted.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: This use of the term "character set" is more commonly
 | 
						||
      referred to as a "character encoding." However, since HTTP and
 | 
						||
      MIME share the same registry, it is important that the terminology
 | 
						||
      also be shared.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP character sets are identified by case-insensitive tokens. The
 | 
						||
   complete set of tokens is defined by the IANA Character Set registry
 | 
						||
   [19].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       charset = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Although HTTP allows an arbitrary token to be used as a charset
 | 
						||
   value, any token that has a predefined value within the IANA
 | 
						||
   Character Set registry [19] MUST represent the character set defined
 | 
						||
   by that registry. Applications SHOULD limit their use of character
 | 
						||
   sets to those defined by the IANA registry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Implementors should be aware of IETF character set requirements [38]
 | 
						||
   [41].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.4.1 Missing Charset
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some HTTP/1.0 software has interpreted a Content-Type header without
 | 
						||
   charset parameter incorrectly to mean "recipient should guess."
 | 
						||
   Senders wishing to defeat this behavior MAY include a charset
 | 
						||
   parameter even when the charset is ISO-8859-1 and SHOULD do so when
 | 
						||
   it is known that it will not confuse the recipient.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unfortunately, some older HTTP/1.0 clients did not deal properly with
 | 
						||
   an explicit charset parameter. HTTP/1.1 recipients MUST respect the
 | 
						||
   charset label provided by the sender; and those user agents that have
 | 
						||
   a provision to "guess" a charset MUST use the charset from the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 22]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   content-type field if they support that charset, rather than the
 | 
						||
   recipient's preference, when initially displaying a document. See
 | 
						||
   section 3.7.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.5 Content Codings
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Content coding values indicate an encoding transformation that has
 | 
						||
   been or can be applied to an entity. Content codings are primarily
 | 
						||
   used to allow a document to be compressed or otherwise usefully
 | 
						||
   transformed without losing the identity of its underlying media type
 | 
						||
   and without loss of information. Frequently, the entity is stored in
 | 
						||
   coded form, transmitted directly, and only decoded by the recipient.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       content-coding   = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All content-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
 | 
						||
   content-coding values in the Accept-Encoding (section 14.3) and
 | 
						||
   Content-Encoding (section 14.11) header fields. Although the value
 | 
						||
   describes the content-coding, what is more important is that it
 | 
						||
   indicates what decoding mechanism will be required to remove the
 | 
						||
   encoding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) acts as a registry for
 | 
						||
   content-coding value tokens. Initially, the registry contains the
 | 
						||
   following tokens:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   gzip An encoding format produced by the file compression program
 | 
						||
        "gzip" (GNU zip) as described in RFC 1952 [25]. This format is a
 | 
						||
        Lempel-Ziv coding (LZ77) with a 32 bit CRC.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   compress
 | 
						||
        The encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression
 | 
						||
        program "compress". This format is an adaptive Lempel-Ziv-Welch
 | 
						||
        coding (LZW).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Use of program names for the identification of encoding formats
 | 
						||
        is not desirable and is discouraged for future encodings. Their
 | 
						||
        use here is representative of historical practice, not good
 | 
						||
        design. For compatibility with previous implementations of HTTP,
 | 
						||
        applications SHOULD consider "x-gzip" and "x-compress" to be
 | 
						||
        equivalent to "gzip" and "compress" respectively.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   deflate
 | 
						||
        The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950 [31] in combination with
 | 
						||
        the "deflate" compression mechanism described in RFC 1951 [29].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 23]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   identity
 | 
						||
        The default (identity) encoding; the use of no transformation
 | 
						||
        whatsoever. This content-coding is used only in the Accept-
 | 
						||
        Encoding header, and SHOULD NOT be used in the Content-Encoding
 | 
						||
        header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   New content-coding value tokens SHOULD be registered; to allow
 | 
						||
   interoperability between clients and servers, specifications of the
 | 
						||
   content coding algorithms needed to implement a new value SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   publicly available and adequate for independent implementation, and
 | 
						||
   conform to the purpose of content coding defined in this section.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.6 Transfer Codings
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-coding values are used to indicate an encoding
 | 
						||
   transformation that has been, can be, or may need to be applied to an
 | 
						||
   entity-body in order to ensure "safe transport" through the network.
 | 
						||
   This differs from a content coding in that the transfer-coding is a
 | 
						||
   property of the message, not of the original entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       transfer-coding         = "chunked" | transfer-extension
 | 
						||
       transfer-extension      = token *( ";" parameter )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Parameters are in  the form of attribute/value pairs.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       parameter               = attribute "=" value
 | 
						||
       attribute               = token
 | 
						||
       value                   = token | quoted-string
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All transfer-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
 | 
						||
   transfer-coding values in the TE header field (section 14.39) and in
 | 
						||
   the Transfer-Encoding header field (section 14.41).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Whenever a transfer-coding is applied to a message-body, the set of
 | 
						||
   transfer-codings MUST include "chunked", unless the message is
 | 
						||
   terminated by closing the connection. When the "chunked" transfer-
 | 
						||
   coding is used, it MUST be the last transfer-coding applied to the
 | 
						||
   message-body. The "chunked" transfer-coding MUST NOT be applied more
 | 
						||
   than once to a message-body. These rules allow the recipient to
 | 
						||
   determine the transfer-length of the message (section 4.4).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-codings are analogous to the Content-Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
   values of MIME [7], which were designed to enable safe transport of
 | 
						||
   binary data over a 7-bit transport service. However, safe transport
 | 
						||
   has a different focus for an 8bit-clean transfer protocol. In HTTP,
 | 
						||
   the only unsafe characteristic of message-bodies is the difficulty in
 | 
						||
   determining the exact body length (section 7.2.2), or the desire to
 | 
						||
   encrypt data over a shared transport.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 24]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) acts as a registry for
 | 
						||
   transfer-coding value tokens. Initially, the registry contains the
 | 
						||
   following tokens: "chunked" (section 3.6.1), "identity" (section
 | 
						||
   3.6.2), "gzip" (section 3.5), "compress" (section 3.5), and "deflate"
 | 
						||
   (section 3.5).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   New transfer-coding value tokens SHOULD be registered in the same way
 | 
						||
   as new content-coding value tokens (section 3.5).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server which receives an entity-body with a transfer-coding it does
 | 
						||
   not understand SHOULD return 501 (Unimplemented), and close the
 | 
						||
   connection. A server MUST NOT send transfer-codings to an HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.6.1 Chunked Transfer Coding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The chunked encoding modifies the body of a message in order to
 | 
						||
   transfer it as a series of chunks, each with its own size indicator,
 | 
						||
   followed by an OPTIONAL trailer containing entity-header fields. This
 | 
						||
   allows dynamically produced content to be transferred along with the
 | 
						||
   information necessary for the recipient to verify that it has
 | 
						||
   received the full message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Chunked-Body   = *chunk
 | 
						||
                        last-chunk
 | 
						||
                        trailer
 | 
						||
                        CRLF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       chunk          = chunk-size [ chunk-extension ] CRLF
 | 
						||
                        chunk-data CRLF
 | 
						||
       chunk-size     = 1*HEX
 | 
						||
       last-chunk     = 1*("0") [ chunk-extension ] CRLF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       chunk-extension= *( ";" chunk-ext-name [ "=" chunk-ext-val ] )
 | 
						||
       chunk-ext-name = token
 | 
						||
       chunk-ext-val  = token | quoted-string
 | 
						||
       chunk-data     = chunk-size(OCTET)
 | 
						||
       trailer        = *(entity-header CRLF)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The chunk-size field is a string of hex digits indicating the size of
 | 
						||
   the chunk. The chunked encoding is ended by any chunk whose size is
 | 
						||
   zero, followed by the trailer, which is terminated by an empty line.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The trailer allows the sender to include additional HTTP header
 | 
						||
   fields at the end of the message. The Trailer header field can be
 | 
						||
   used to indicate which header fields are included in a trailer (see
 | 
						||
   section 14.40).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 25]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server using chunked transfer-coding in a response MUST NOT use the
 | 
						||
   trailer for any header fields unless at least one of the following is
 | 
						||
   true:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   a)the request included a TE header field that indicates "trailers" is
 | 
						||
     acceptable in the transfer-coding of the  response, as described in
 | 
						||
     section 14.39; or,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   b)the server is the origin server for the response, the trailer
 | 
						||
     fields consist entirely of optional metadata, and the recipient
 | 
						||
     could use the message (in a manner acceptable to the origin server)
 | 
						||
     without receiving this metadata.  In other words, the origin server
 | 
						||
     is willing to accept the possibility that the trailer fields might
 | 
						||
     be silently discarded along the path to the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This requirement prevents an interoperability failure when the
 | 
						||
   message is being received by an HTTP/1.1 (or later) proxy and
 | 
						||
   forwarded to an HTTP/1.0 recipient. It avoids a situation where
 | 
						||
   compliance with the protocol would have necessitated a possibly
 | 
						||
   infinite buffer on the proxy.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example process for decoding a Chunked-Body is presented in
 | 
						||
   appendix 19.4.6.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All HTTP/1.1 applications MUST be able to receive and decode the
 | 
						||
   "chunked" transfer-coding, and MUST ignore chunk-extension extensions
 | 
						||
   they do not understand.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.7 Media Types
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP uses Internet Media Types [17] in the Content-Type (section
 | 
						||
   14.17) and Accept (section 14.1) header fields in order to provide
 | 
						||
   open and extensible data typing and type negotiation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       media-type     = type "/" subtype *( ";" parameter )
 | 
						||
       type           = token
 | 
						||
       subtype        = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Parameters MAY follow the type/subtype in the form of attribute/value
 | 
						||
   pairs (as defined in section 3.6).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The type, subtype, and parameter attribute names are case-
 | 
						||
   insensitive. Parameter values might or might not be case-sensitive,
 | 
						||
   depending on the semantics of the parameter name. Linear white space
 | 
						||
   (LWS) MUST NOT be used between the type and subtype, nor between an
 | 
						||
   attribute and its value. The presence or absence of a parameter might
 | 
						||
   be significant to the processing of a media-type, depending on its
 | 
						||
   definition within the media type registry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 26]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that some older HTTP applications do not recognize media type
 | 
						||
   parameters. When sending data to older HTTP applications,
 | 
						||
   implementations SHOULD only use media type parameters when they are
 | 
						||
   required by that type/subtype definition.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Media-type values are registered with the Internet Assigned Number
 | 
						||
   Authority (IANA [19]). The media type registration process is
 | 
						||
   outlined in RFC 1590 [17]. Use of non-registered media types is
 | 
						||
   discouraged.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.7.1 Canonicalization and Text Defaults
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Internet media types are registered with a canonical form. An
 | 
						||
   entity-body transferred via HTTP messages MUST be represented in the
 | 
						||
   appropriate canonical form prior to its transmission except for
 | 
						||
   "text" types, as defined in the next paragraph.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When in canonical form, media subtypes of the "text" type use CRLF as
 | 
						||
   the text line break. HTTP relaxes this requirement and allows the
 | 
						||
   transport of text media with plain CR or LF alone representing a line
 | 
						||
   break when it is done consistently for an entire entity-body. HTTP
 | 
						||
   applications MUST accept CRLF, bare CR, and bare LF as being
 | 
						||
   representative of a line break in text media received via HTTP. In
 | 
						||
   addition, if the text is represented in a character set that does not
 | 
						||
   use octets 13 and 10 for CR and LF respectively, as is the case for
 | 
						||
   some multi-byte character sets, HTTP allows the use of whatever octet
 | 
						||
   sequences are defined by that character set to represent the
 | 
						||
   equivalent of CR and LF for line breaks. This flexibility regarding
 | 
						||
   line breaks applies only to text media in the entity-body; a bare CR
 | 
						||
   or LF MUST NOT be substituted for CRLF within any of the HTTP control
 | 
						||
   structures (such as header fields and multipart boundaries).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an entity-body is encoded with a content-coding, the underlying
 | 
						||
   data MUST be in a form defined above prior to being encoded.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The "charset" parameter is used with some media types to define the
 | 
						||
   character set (section 3.4) of the data. When no explicit charset
 | 
						||
   parameter is provided by the sender, media subtypes of the "text"
 | 
						||
   type are defined to have a default charset value of "ISO-8859-1" when
 | 
						||
   received via HTTP. Data in character sets other than "ISO-8859-1" or
 | 
						||
   its subsets MUST be labeled with an appropriate charset value. See
 | 
						||
   section 3.4.1 for compatibility problems.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.7.2 Multipart Types
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   MIME provides for a number of "multipart" types -- encapsulations of
 | 
						||
   one or more entities within a single message-body. All multipart
 | 
						||
   types share a common syntax, as defined in section 5.1.1 of RFC 2046
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 27]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [40], and MUST include a boundary parameter as part of the media type
 | 
						||
   value. The message body is itself a protocol element and MUST
 | 
						||
   therefore use only CRLF to represent line breaks between body-parts.
 | 
						||
   Unlike in RFC 2046, the epilogue of any multipart message MUST be
 | 
						||
   empty; HTTP applications MUST NOT transmit the epilogue (even if the
 | 
						||
   original multipart contains an epilogue). These restrictions exist in
 | 
						||
   order to preserve the self-delimiting nature of a multipart message-
 | 
						||
   body, wherein the "end" of the message-body is indicated by the
 | 
						||
   ending multipart boundary.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In general, HTTP treats a multipart message-body no differently than
 | 
						||
   any other media type: strictly as payload. The one exception is the
 | 
						||
   "multipart/byteranges" type (appendix 19.2) when it appears in a 206
 | 
						||
   (Partial Content) response, which will be interpreted by some HTTP
 | 
						||
   caching mechanisms as described in sections 13.5.4 and 14.16. In all
 | 
						||
   other cases, an HTTP user agent SHOULD follow the same or similar
 | 
						||
   behavior as a MIME user agent would upon receipt of a multipart type.
 | 
						||
   The MIME header fields within each body-part of a multipart message-
 | 
						||
   body do not have any significance to HTTP beyond that defined by
 | 
						||
   their MIME semantics.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In general, an HTTP user agent SHOULD follow the same or similar
 | 
						||
   behavior as a MIME user agent would upon receipt of a multipart type.
 | 
						||
   If an application receives an unrecognized multipart subtype, the
 | 
						||
   application MUST treat it as being equivalent to "multipart/mixed".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The "multipart/form-data" type has been specifically defined
 | 
						||
      for carrying form data suitable for processing via the POST
 | 
						||
      request method, as described in RFC 1867 [15].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.8 Product Tokens
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Product tokens are used to allow communicating applications to
 | 
						||
   identify themselves by software name and version. Most fields using
 | 
						||
   product tokens also allow sub-products which form a significant part
 | 
						||
   of the application to be listed, separated by white space. By
 | 
						||
   convention, the products are listed in order of their significance
 | 
						||
   for identifying the application.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       product         = token ["/" product-version]
 | 
						||
       product-version = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
 | 
						||
       Server: Apache/0.8.4
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 28]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Product tokens SHOULD be short and to the point. They MUST NOT be
 | 
						||
   used for advertising or other non-essential information. Although any
 | 
						||
   token character MAY appear in a product-version, this token SHOULD
 | 
						||
   only be used for a version identifier (i.e., successive versions of
 | 
						||
   the same product SHOULD only differ in the product-version portion of
 | 
						||
   the product value).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.9 Quality Values
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP content negotiation (section 12) uses short "floating point"
 | 
						||
   numbers to indicate the relative importance ("weight") of various
 | 
						||
   negotiable parameters.  A weight is normalized to a real number in
 | 
						||
   the range 0 through 1, where 0 is the minimum and 1 the maximum
 | 
						||
   value. If a parameter has a quality value of 0, then content with
 | 
						||
   this parameter is `not acceptable' for the client. HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
   applications MUST NOT generate more than three digits after the
 | 
						||
   decimal point. User configuration of these values SHOULD also be
 | 
						||
   limited in this fashion.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       qvalue         = ( "0" [ "." 0*3DIGIT ] )
 | 
						||
                      | ( "1" [ "." 0*3("0") ] )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   "Quality values" is a misnomer, since these values merely represent
 | 
						||
   relative degradation in desired quality.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.10 Language Tags
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A language tag identifies a natural language spoken, written, or
 | 
						||
   otherwise conveyed by human beings for communication of information
 | 
						||
   to other human beings. Computer languages are explicitly excluded.
 | 
						||
   HTTP uses language tags within the Accept-Language and Content-
 | 
						||
   Language fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The syntax and registry of HTTP language tags is the same as that
 | 
						||
   defined by RFC 1766 [1]. In summary, a language tag is composed of 1
 | 
						||
   or more parts: A primary language tag and a possibly empty series of
 | 
						||
   subtags:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        language-tag  = primary-tag *( "-" subtag )
 | 
						||
        primary-tag   = 1*8ALPHA
 | 
						||
        subtag        = 1*8ALPHA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   White space is not allowed within the tag and all tags are case-
 | 
						||
   insensitive. The name space of language tags is administered by the
 | 
						||
   IANA. Example tags include:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       en, en-US, en-cockney, i-cherokee, x-pig-latin
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 29]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   where any two-letter primary-tag is an ISO-639 language abbreviation
 | 
						||
   and any two-letter initial subtag is an ISO-3166 country code. (The
 | 
						||
   last three tags above are not registered tags; all but the last are
 | 
						||
   examples of tags which could be registered in future.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.11 Entity Tags
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Entity tags are used for comparing two or more entities from the same
 | 
						||
   requested resource. HTTP/1.1 uses entity tags in the ETag (section
 | 
						||
   14.19), If-Match (section 14.24), If-None-Match (section 14.26), and
 | 
						||
   If-Range (section 14.27) header fields. The definition of how they
 | 
						||
   are used and compared as cache validators is in section 13.3.3. An
 | 
						||
   entity tag consists of an opaque quoted string, possibly prefixed by
 | 
						||
   a weakness indicator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      entity-tag = [ weak ] opaque-tag
 | 
						||
      weak       = "W/"
 | 
						||
      opaque-tag = quoted-string
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A "strong entity tag" MAY be shared by two entities of a resource
 | 
						||
   only if they are equivalent by octet equality.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A "weak entity tag," indicated by the "W/" prefix, MAY be shared by
 | 
						||
   two entities of a resource only if the entities are equivalent and
 | 
						||
   could be substituted for each other with no significant change in
 | 
						||
   semantics. A weak entity tag can only be used for weak comparison.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An entity tag MUST be unique across all versions of all entities
 | 
						||
   associated with a particular resource. A given entity tag value MAY
 | 
						||
   be used for entities obtained by requests on different URIs. The use
 | 
						||
   of the same entity tag value in conjunction with entities obtained by
 | 
						||
   requests on different URIs does not imply the equivalence of those
 | 
						||
   entities.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
3.12 Range Units
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 allows a client to request that only part (a range of) the
 | 
						||
   response entity be included within the response. HTTP/1.1 uses range
 | 
						||
   units in the Range (section 14.35) and Content-Range (section 14.16)
 | 
						||
   header fields. An entity can be broken down into subranges according
 | 
						||
   to various structural units.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      range-unit       = bytes-unit | other-range-unit
 | 
						||
      bytes-unit       = "bytes"
 | 
						||
      other-range-unit = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The only range unit defined by HTTP/1.1 is "bytes". HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
   implementations MAY ignore ranges specified using other units.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 30]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 has been designed to allow implementations of applications
 | 
						||
   that do not depend on knowledge of ranges.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4 HTTP Message
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4.1 Message Types
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP messages consist of requests from client to server and responses
 | 
						||
   from server to client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       HTTP-message   = Request | Response     ; HTTP/1.1 messages
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Request (section 5) and Response (section 6) messages use the generic
 | 
						||
   message format of RFC 822 [9] for transferring entities (the payload
 | 
						||
   of the message). Both types of message consist of a start-line, zero
 | 
						||
   or more header fields (also known as "headers"), an empty line (i.e.,
 | 
						||
   a line with nothing preceding the CRLF) indicating the end of the
 | 
						||
   header fields, and possibly a message-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        generic-message = start-line
 | 
						||
                          *(message-header CRLF)
 | 
						||
                          CRLF
 | 
						||
                          [ message-body ]
 | 
						||
        start-line      = Request-Line | Status-Line
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In the interest of robustness, servers SHOULD ignore any empty
 | 
						||
   line(s) received where a Request-Line is expected. In other words, if
 | 
						||
   the server is reading the protocol stream at the beginning of a
 | 
						||
   message and receives a CRLF first, it should ignore the CRLF.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate extra CRLF's
 | 
						||
   after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly forbidden by the
 | 
						||
   BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client MUST NOT preface or follow a request with an
 | 
						||
   extra CRLF.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4.2 Message Headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP header fields, which include general-header (section 4.5),
 | 
						||
   request-header (section 5.3), response-header (section 6.2), and
 | 
						||
   entity-header (section 7.1) fields, follow the same generic format as
 | 
						||
   that given in Section 3.1 of RFC 822 [9]. Each header field consists
 | 
						||
   of a name followed by a colon (":") and the field value. Field names
 | 
						||
   are case-insensitive. The field value MAY be preceded by any amount
 | 
						||
   of LWS, though a single SP is preferred. Header fields can be
 | 
						||
   extended over multiple lines by preceding each extra line with at
 | 
						||
   least one SP or HT. Applications ought to follow "common form", where
 | 
						||
   one is known or indicated, when generating HTTP constructs, since
 | 
						||
   there might exist some implementations that fail to accept anything
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 31]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   beyond the common forms.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       message-header = field-name ":" [ field-value ]
 | 
						||
       field-name     = token
 | 
						||
       field-value    = *( field-content | LWS )
 | 
						||
       field-content  = <the OCTETs making up the field-value
 | 
						||
                        and consisting of either *TEXT or combinations
 | 
						||
                        of token, separators, and quoted-string>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The field-content does not include any leading or trailing LWS:
 | 
						||
   linear white space occurring before the first non-whitespace
 | 
						||
   character of the field-value or after the last non-whitespace
 | 
						||
   character of the field-value. Such leading or trailing LWS MAY be
 | 
						||
   removed without changing the semantics of the field value. Any LWS
 | 
						||
   that occurs between field-content MAY be replaced with a single SP
 | 
						||
   before interpreting the field value or forwarding the message
 | 
						||
   downstream.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The order in which header fields with differing field names are
 | 
						||
   received is not significant. However, it is "good practice" to send
 | 
						||
   general-header fields first, followed by request-header or response-
 | 
						||
   header fields, and ending with the entity-header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Multiple message-header fields with the same field-name MAY be
 | 
						||
   present in a message if and only if the entire field-value for that
 | 
						||
   header field is defined as a comma-separated list [i.e., #(values)].
 | 
						||
   It MUST be possible to combine the multiple header fields into one
 | 
						||
   "field-name: field-value" pair, without changing the semantics of the
 | 
						||
   message, by appending each subsequent field-value to the first, each
 | 
						||
   separated by a comma. The order in which header fields with the same
 | 
						||
   field-name are received is therefore significant to the
 | 
						||
   interpretation of the combined field value, and thus a proxy MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   change the order of these field values when a message is forwarded.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4.3 Message Body
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The message-body (if any) of an HTTP message is used to carry the
 | 
						||
   entity-body associated with the request or response. The message-body
 | 
						||
   differs from the entity-body only when a transfer-coding has been
 | 
						||
   applied, as indicated by the Transfer-Encoding header field (section
 | 
						||
   14.41).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       message-body = entity-body
 | 
						||
                    | <entity-body encoded as per Transfer-Encoding>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-Encoding MUST be used to indicate any transfer-codings
 | 
						||
   applied by an application to ensure safe and proper transfer of the
 | 
						||
   message. Transfer-Encoding is a property of the message, not of the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 32]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   entity, and thus MAY be added or removed by any application along the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. (However, section 3.6 places restrictions on
 | 
						||
   when certain transfer-codings may be used.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The rules for when a message-body is allowed in a message differ for
 | 
						||
   requests and responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The presence of a message-body in a request is signaled by the
 | 
						||
   inclusion of a Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding header field in
 | 
						||
   the request's message-headers. A message-body MUST NOT be included in
 | 
						||
   a request if the specification of the request method (section 5.1.1)
 | 
						||
   does not allow sending an entity-body in requests. A server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   read and forward a message-body on any request; if the request method
 | 
						||
   does not include defined semantics for an entity-body, then the
 | 
						||
   message-body SHOULD be ignored when handling the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For response messages, whether or not a message-body is included with
 | 
						||
   a message is dependent on both the request method and the response
 | 
						||
   status code (section 6.1.1). All responses to the HEAD request method
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT include a message-body, even though the presence of entity-
 | 
						||
   header fields might lead one to believe they do. All 1xx
 | 
						||
   (informational), 204 (no content), and 304 (not modified) responses
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT include a message-body. All other responses do include a
 | 
						||
   message-body, although it MAY be of zero length.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4.4 Message Length
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The transfer-length of a message is the length of the message-body as
 | 
						||
   it appears in the message; that is, after any transfer-codings have
 | 
						||
   been applied. When a message-body is included with a message, the
 | 
						||
   transfer-length of that body is determined by one of the following
 | 
						||
   (in order of precedence):
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   1.Any response message which "MUST NOT" include a message-body (such
 | 
						||
     as the 1xx, 204, and 304 responses and any response to a HEAD
 | 
						||
     request) is always terminated by the first empty line after the
 | 
						||
     header fields, regardless of the entity-header fields present in
 | 
						||
     the message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   2.If a Transfer-Encoding header field (section 14.41) is present and
 | 
						||
     has any value other than "identity", then the transfer-length is
 | 
						||
     defined by use of the "chunked" transfer-coding (section 3.6),
 | 
						||
     unless the message is terminated by closing the connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   3.If a Content-Length header field (section 14.13) is present, its
 | 
						||
     decimal value in OCTETs represents both the entity-length and the
 | 
						||
     transfer-length. The Content-Length header field MUST NOT be sent
 | 
						||
     if these two lengths are different (i.e., if a Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 33]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
     header field is present). If a message is received with both a
 | 
						||
     Transfer-Encoding header field and a Content-Length header field,
 | 
						||
     the latter MUST be ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   4.If the message uses the media type "multipart/byteranges", and the
 | 
						||
     ransfer-length is not otherwise specified, then this self-
 | 
						||
     elimiting media type defines the transfer-length. This media type
 | 
						||
     UST NOT be used unless the sender knows that the recipient can arse
 | 
						||
     it; the presence in a request of a Range header with ultiple byte-
 | 
						||
     range specifiers from a 1.1 client implies that the lient can parse
 | 
						||
     multipart/byteranges responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       A range header might be forwarded by a 1.0 proxy that does not
 | 
						||
       understand multipart/byteranges; in this case the server MUST
 | 
						||
       delimit the message using methods defined in items 1,3 or 5 of
 | 
						||
       this section.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   5.By the server closing the connection. (Closing the connection
 | 
						||
     cannot be used to indicate the end of a request body, since that
 | 
						||
     would leave no possibility for the server to send back a response.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For compatibility with HTTP/1.0 applications, HTTP/1.1 requests
 | 
						||
   containing a message-body MUST include a valid Content-Length header
 | 
						||
   field unless the server is known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant. If a
 | 
						||
   request contains a message-body and a Content-Length is not given,
 | 
						||
   the server SHOULD respond with 400 (bad request) if it cannot
 | 
						||
   determine the length of the message, or with 411 (length required) if
 | 
						||
   it wishes to insist on receiving a valid Content-Length.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All HTTP/1.1 applications that receive entities MUST accept the
 | 
						||
   "chunked" transfer-coding (section 3.6), thus allowing this mechanism
 | 
						||
   to be used for messages when the message length cannot be determined
 | 
						||
   in advance.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Messages MUST NOT include both a Content-Length header field and a
 | 
						||
   non-identity transfer-coding. If the message does include a non-
 | 
						||
   identity transfer-coding, the Content-Length MUST be ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a Content-Length is given in a message where a message-body is
 | 
						||
   allowed, its field value MUST exactly match the number of OCTETs in
 | 
						||
   the message-body. HTTP/1.1 user agents MUST notify the user when an
 | 
						||
   invalid length is received and detected.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
4.5 General Header Fields
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   There are a few header fields which have general applicability for
 | 
						||
   both request and response messages, but which do not apply to the
 | 
						||
   entity being transferred. These header fields apply only to the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 34]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   message being transmitted.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       general-header = Cache-Control            ; Section 14.9
 | 
						||
                      | Connection               ; Section 14.10
 | 
						||
                      | Date                     ; Section 14.18
 | 
						||
                      | Pragma                   ; Section 14.32
 | 
						||
                      | Trailer                  ; Section 14.40
 | 
						||
                      | Transfer-Encoding        ; Section 14.41
 | 
						||
                      | Upgrade                  ; Section 14.42
 | 
						||
                      | Via                      ; Section 14.45
 | 
						||
                      | Warning                  ; Section 14.46
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   General-header field names can be extended reliably only in
 | 
						||
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
 | 
						||
   experimental header fields may be given the semantics of general
 | 
						||
   header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
 | 
						||
   be general-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
 | 
						||
   entity-header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5 Request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A request message from a client to a server includes, within the
 | 
						||
   first line of that message, the method to be applied to the resource,
 | 
						||
   the identifier of the resource, and the protocol version in use.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Request       = Request-Line              ; Section 5.1
 | 
						||
                        *(( general-header        ; Section 4.5
 | 
						||
                         | request-header         ; Section 5.3
 | 
						||
                         | entity-header ) CRLF)  ; Section 7.1
 | 
						||
                        CRLF
 | 
						||
                        [ message-body ]          ; Section 4.3
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5.1 Request-Line
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Request-Line begins with a method token, followed by the
 | 
						||
   Request-URI and the protocol version, and ending with CRLF. The
 | 
						||
   elements are separated by SP characters. No CR or LF is allowed
 | 
						||
   except in the final CRLF sequence.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Request-Line   = Method SP Request-URI SP HTTP-Version CRLF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 35]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5.1.1 Method
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Method  token indicates the method to be performed on the
 | 
						||
   resource identified by the Request-URI. The method is case-sensitive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Method         = "OPTIONS"                ; Section 9.2
 | 
						||
                      | "GET"                    ; Section 9.3
 | 
						||
                      | "HEAD"                   ; Section 9.4
 | 
						||
                      | "POST"                   ; Section 9.5
 | 
						||
                      | "PUT"                    ; Section 9.6
 | 
						||
                      | "DELETE"                 ; Section 9.7
 | 
						||
                      | "TRACE"                  ; Section 9.8
 | 
						||
                      | "CONNECT"                ; Section 9.9
 | 
						||
                      | extension-method
 | 
						||
       extension-method = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The list of methods allowed by a resource can be specified in an
 | 
						||
   Allow header field (section 14.7). The return code of the response
 | 
						||
   always notifies the client whether a method is currently allowed on a
 | 
						||
   resource, since the set of allowed methods can change dynamically. An
 | 
						||
   origin server SHOULD return the status code 405 (Method Not Allowed)
 | 
						||
   if the method is known by the origin server but not allowed for the
 | 
						||
   requested resource, and 501 (Not Implemented) if the method is
 | 
						||
   unrecognized or not implemented by the origin server. The methods GET
 | 
						||
   and HEAD MUST be supported by all general-purpose servers. All other
 | 
						||
   methods are OPTIONAL; however, if the above methods are implemented,
 | 
						||
   they MUST be implemented with the same semantics as those specified
 | 
						||
   in section 9.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5.1.2 Request-URI
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Request-URI is a Uniform Resource Identifier (section 3.2) and
 | 
						||
   identifies the resource upon which to apply the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Request-URI    = "*" | absoluteURI | abs_path | authority
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The four options for Request-URI are dependent on the nature of the
 | 
						||
   request. The asterisk "*" means that the request does not apply to a
 | 
						||
   particular resource, but to the server itself, and is only allowed
 | 
						||
   when the method used does not necessarily apply to a resource. One
 | 
						||
   example would be
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The absoluteURI form is REQUIRED when the request is being made to a
 | 
						||
   proxy. The proxy is requested to forward the request or service it
 | 
						||
   from a valid cache, and return the response. Note that the proxy MAY
 | 
						||
   forward the request on to another proxy or directly to the server
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 36]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   specified by the absoluteURI. In order to avoid request loops, a
 | 
						||
   proxy MUST be able to recognize all of its server names, including
 | 
						||
   any aliases, local variations, and the numeric IP address. An example
 | 
						||
   Request-Line would be:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       GET http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   To allow for transition to absoluteURIs in all requests in future
 | 
						||
   versions of HTTP, all HTTP/1.1 servers MUST accept the absoluteURI
 | 
						||
   form in requests, even though HTTP/1.1 clients will only generate
 | 
						||
   them in requests to proxies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The authority form is only used by the CONNECT method (section 9.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The most common form of Request-URI is that used to identify a
 | 
						||
   resource on an origin server or gateway. In this case the absolute
 | 
						||
   path of the URI MUST be transmitted (see section 3.2.1, abs_path) as
 | 
						||
   the Request-URI, and the network location of the URI (authority) MUST
 | 
						||
   be transmitted in a Host header field. For example, a client wishing
 | 
						||
   to retrieve the resource above directly from the origin server would
 | 
						||
   create a TCP connection to port 80 of the host "www.w3.org" and send
 | 
						||
   the lines:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       GET /pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
       Host: www.w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   followed by the remainder of the Request. Note that the absolute path
 | 
						||
   cannot be empty; if none is present in the original URI, it MUST be
 | 
						||
   given as "/" (the server root).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Request-URI is transmitted in the format specified in section
 | 
						||
   3.2.1. If the Request-URI is encoded using the "% HEX HEX" encoding
 | 
						||
   [42], the origin server MUST decode the Request-URI in order to
 | 
						||
   properly interpret the request. Servers SHOULD respond to invalid
 | 
						||
   Request-URIs with an appropriate status code.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT rewrite the "abs_path" part of the
 | 
						||
   received Request-URI when forwarding it to the next inbound server,
 | 
						||
   except as noted above to replace a null abs_path with "/".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The "no rewrite" rule prevents the proxy from changing the
 | 
						||
      meaning of the request when the origin server is improperly using
 | 
						||
      a non-reserved URI character for a reserved purpose.  Implementors
 | 
						||
      should be aware that some pre-HTTP/1.1 proxies have been known to
 | 
						||
      rewrite the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 37]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5.2 The Resource Identified by a Request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The exact resource identified by an Internet request is determined by
 | 
						||
   examining both the Request-URI and the Host header field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An origin server that does not allow resources to differ by the
 | 
						||
   requested host MAY ignore the Host header field value when
 | 
						||
   determining the resource identified by an HTTP/1.1 request. (But see
 | 
						||
   section 19.6.1.1 for other requirements on Host support in HTTP/1.1.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An origin server that does differentiate resources based on the host
 | 
						||
   requested (sometimes referred to as virtual hosts or vanity host
 | 
						||
   names) MUST use the following rules for determining the requested
 | 
						||
   resource on an HTTP/1.1 request:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   1. If Request-URI is an absoluteURI, the host is part of the
 | 
						||
     Request-URI. Any Host header field value in the request MUST be
 | 
						||
     ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   2. If the Request-URI is not an absoluteURI, and the request includes
 | 
						||
     a Host header field, the host is determined by the Host header
 | 
						||
     field value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   3. If the host as determined by rule 1 or 2 is not a valid host on
 | 
						||
     the server, the response MUST be a 400 (Bad Request) error message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Recipients of an HTTP/1.0 request that lacks a Host header field MAY
 | 
						||
   attempt to use heuristics (e.g., examination of the URI path for
 | 
						||
   something unique to a particular host) in order to determine what
 | 
						||
   exact resource is being requested.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
5.3 Request Header Fields
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request-header fields allow the client to pass additional
 | 
						||
   information about the request, and about the client itself, to the
 | 
						||
   server. These fields act as request modifiers, with semantics
 | 
						||
   equivalent to the parameters on a programming language method
 | 
						||
   invocation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       request-header = Accept                   ; Section 14.1
 | 
						||
                      | Accept-Charset           ; Section 14.2
 | 
						||
                      | Accept-Encoding          ; Section 14.3
 | 
						||
                      | Accept-Language          ; Section 14.4
 | 
						||
                      | Authorization            ; Section 14.8
 | 
						||
                      | Expect                   ; Section 14.20
 | 
						||
                      | From                     ; Section 14.22
 | 
						||
                      | Host                     ; Section 14.23
 | 
						||
                      | If-Match                 ; Section 14.24
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 38]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
                      | If-Modified-Since        ; Section 14.25
 | 
						||
                      | If-None-Match            ; Section 14.26
 | 
						||
                      | If-Range                 ; Section 14.27
 | 
						||
                      | If-Unmodified-Since      ; Section 14.28
 | 
						||
                      | Max-Forwards             ; Section 14.31
 | 
						||
                      | Proxy-Authorization      ; Section 14.34
 | 
						||
                      | Range                    ; Section 14.35
 | 
						||
                      | Referer                  ; Section 14.36
 | 
						||
                      | TE                       ; Section 14.39
 | 
						||
                      | User-Agent               ; Section 14.43
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Request-header field names can be extended reliably only in
 | 
						||
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
 | 
						||
   experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of request-
 | 
						||
   header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
 | 
						||
   be request-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
 | 
						||
   entity-header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
6 Response
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   After receiving and interpreting a request message, a server responds
 | 
						||
   with an HTTP response message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Response      = Status-Line               ; Section 6.1
 | 
						||
                       *(( general-header        ; Section 4.5
 | 
						||
                        | response-header        ; Section 6.2
 | 
						||
                        | entity-header ) CRLF)  ; Section 7.1
 | 
						||
                       CRLF
 | 
						||
                       [ message-body ]          ; Section 7.2
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
6.1 Status-Line
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The first line of a Response message is the Status-Line, consisting
 | 
						||
   of the protocol version followed by a numeric status code and its
 | 
						||
   associated textual phrase, with each element separated by SP
 | 
						||
   characters. No CR or LF is allowed except in the final CRLF sequence.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Status-Line = HTTP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
6.1.1 Status Code and Reason Phrase
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Status-Code element is a 3-digit integer result code of the
 | 
						||
   attempt to understand and satisfy the request. These codes are fully
 | 
						||
   defined in section 10. The Reason-Phrase is intended to give a short
 | 
						||
   textual description of the Status-Code. The Status-Code is intended
 | 
						||
   for use by automata and the Reason-Phrase is intended for the human
 | 
						||
   user. The client is not required to examine or display the Reason-
 | 
						||
   Phrase.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 39]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The first digit of the Status-Code defines the class of response. The
 | 
						||
   last two digits do not have any categorization role. There are 5
 | 
						||
   values for the first digit:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - 1xx: Informational - Request received, continuing process
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - 2xx: Success - The action was successfully received,
 | 
						||
        understood, and accepted
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - 3xx: Redirection - Further action must be taken in order to
 | 
						||
        complete the request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - 4xx: Client Error - The request contains bad syntax or cannot
 | 
						||
        be fulfilled
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - 5xx: Server Error - The server failed to fulfill an apparently
 | 
						||
        valid request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The individual values of the numeric status codes defined for
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1, and an example set of corresponding Reason-Phrase's, are
 | 
						||
   presented below. The reason phrases listed here are only
 | 
						||
   recommendations -- they MAY be replaced by local equivalents without
 | 
						||
   affecting the protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Status-Code    =
 | 
						||
            "100"  ; Section 10.1.1: Continue
 | 
						||
          | "101"  ; Section 10.1.2: Switching Protocols
 | 
						||
          | "200"  ; Section 10.2.1: OK
 | 
						||
          | "201"  ; Section 10.2.2: Created
 | 
						||
          | "202"  ; Section 10.2.3: Accepted
 | 
						||
          | "203"  ; Section 10.2.4: Non-Authoritative Information
 | 
						||
          | "204"  ; Section 10.2.5: No Content
 | 
						||
          | "205"  ; Section 10.2.6: Reset Content
 | 
						||
          | "206"  ; Section 10.2.7: Partial Content
 | 
						||
          | "300"  ; Section 10.3.1: Multiple Choices
 | 
						||
          | "301"  ; Section 10.3.2: Moved Permanently
 | 
						||
          | "302"  ; Section 10.3.3: Found
 | 
						||
          | "303"  ; Section 10.3.4: See Other
 | 
						||
          | "304"  ; Section 10.3.5: Not Modified
 | 
						||
          | "305"  ; Section 10.3.6: Use Proxy
 | 
						||
          | "307"  ; Section 10.3.8: Temporary Redirect
 | 
						||
          | "400"  ; Section 10.4.1: Bad Request
 | 
						||
          | "401"  ; Section 10.4.2: Unauthorized
 | 
						||
          | "402"  ; Section 10.4.3: Payment Required
 | 
						||
          | "403"  ; Section 10.4.4: Forbidden
 | 
						||
          | "404"  ; Section 10.4.5: Not Found
 | 
						||
          | "405"  ; Section 10.4.6: Method Not Allowed
 | 
						||
          | "406"  ; Section 10.4.7: Not Acceptable
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 40]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          | "407"  ; Section 10.4.8: Proxy Authentication Required
 | 
						||
          | "408"  ; Section 10.4.9: Request Time-out
 | 
						||
          | "409"  ; Section 10.4.10: Conflict
 | 
						||
          | "410"  ; Section 10.4.11: Gone
 | 
						||
          | "411"  ; Section 10.4.12: Length Required
 | 
						||
          | "412"  ; Section 10.4.13: Precondition Failed
 | 
						||
          | "413"  ; Section 10.4.14: Request Entity Too Large
 | 
						||
          | "414"  ; Section 10.4.15: Request-URI Too Large
 | 
						||
          | "415"  ; Section 10.4.16: Unsupported Media Type
 | 
						||
          | "416"  ; Section 10.4.17: Requested range not satisfiable
 | 
						||
          | "417"  ; Section 10.4.18: Expectation Failed
 | 
						||
          | "500"  ; Section 10.5.1: Internal Server Error
 | 
						||
          | "501"  ; Section 10.5.2: Not Implemented
 | 
						||
          | "502"  ; Section 10.5.3: Bad Gateway
 | 
						||
          | "503"  ; Section 10.5.4: Service Unavailable
 | 
						||
          | "504"  ; Section 10.5.5: Gateway Time-out
 | 
						||
          | "505"  ; Section 10.5.6: HTTP Version not supported
 | 
						||
          | extension-code
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      extension-code = 3DIGIT
 | 
						||
      Reason-Phrase  = *<TEXT, excluding CR, LF>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP status codes are extensible. HTTP applications are not required
 | 
						||
   to understand the meaning of all registered status codes, though such
 | 
						||
   understanding is obviously desirable. However, applications MUST
 | 
						||
   understand the class of any status code, as indicated by the first
 | 
						||
   digit, and treat any unrecognized response as being equivalent to the
 | 
						||
   x00 status code of that class, with the exception that an
 | 
						||
   unrecognized response MUST NOT be cached. For example, if an
 | 
						||
   unrecognized status code of 431 is received by the client, it can
 | 
						||
   safely assume that there was something wrong with its request and
 | 
						||
   treat the response as if it had received a 400 status code. In such
 | 
						||
   cases, user agents SHOULD present to the user the entity returned
 | 
						||
   with the response, since that entity is likely to include human-
 | 
						||
   readable information which will explain the unusual status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
6.2 Response Header Fields
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response-header fields allow the server to pass additional
 | 
						||
   information about the response which cannot be placed in the Status-
 | 
						||
   Line. These header fields give information about the server and about
 | 
						||
   further access to the resource identified by the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       response-header = Accept-Ranges           ; Section 14.5
 | 
						||
                       | Age                     ; Section 14.6
 | 
						||
                       | ETag                    ; Section 14.19
 | 
						||
                       | Location                ; Section 14.30
 | 
						||
                       | Proxy-Authenticate      ; Section 14.33
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 41]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
                       | Retry-After             ; Section 14.37
 | 
						||
                       | Server                  ; Section 14.38
 | 
						||
                       | Vary                    ; Section 14.44
 | 
						||
                       | WWW-Authenticate        ; Section 14.47
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Response-header field names can be extended reliably only in
 | 
						||
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
 | 
						||
   experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of response-
 | 
						||
   header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
 | 
						||
   be response-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
 | 
						||
   entity-header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
7 Entity
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Request and Response messages MAY transfer an entity if not otherwise
 | 
						||
   restricted by the request method or response status code. An entity
 | 
						||
   consists of entity-header fields and an entity-body, although some
 | 
						||
   responses will only include the entity-headers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In this section, both sender and recipient refer to either the client
 | 
						||
   or the server, depending on who sends and who receives the entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
7.1 Entity Header Fields
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Entity-header fields define metainformation about the entity-body or,
 | 
						||
   if no body is present, about the resource identified by the request.
 | 
						||
   Some of this metainformation is OPTIONAL; some might be REQUIRED by
 | 
						||
   portions of this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       entity-header  = Allow                    ; Section 14.7
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Encoding         ; Section 14.11
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Language         ; Section 14.12
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Length           ; Section 14.13
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Location         ; Section 14.14
 | 
						||
                      | Content-MD5              ; Section 14.15
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Range            ; Section 14.16
 | 
						||
                      | Content-Type             ; Section 14.17
 | 
						||
                      | Expires                  ; Section 14.21
 | 
						||
                      | Last-Modified            ; Section 14.29
 | 
						||
                      | extension-header
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       extension-header = message-header
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The extension-header mechanism allows additional entity-header fields
 | 
						||
   to be defined without changing the protocol, but these fields cannot
 | 
						||
   be assumed to be recognizable by the recipient. Unrecognized header
 | 
						||
   fields SHOULD be ignored by the recipient and MUST be forwarded by
 | 
						||
   transparent proxies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 42]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
7.2 Entity Body
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The entity-body (if any) sent with an HTTP request or response is in
 | 
						||
   a format and encoding defined by the entity-header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       entity-body    = *OCTET
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An entity-body is only present in a message when a message-body is
 | 
						||
   present, as described in section 4.3. The entity-body is obtained
 | 
						||
   from the message-body by decoding any Transfer-Encoding that might
 | 
						||
   have been applied to ensure safe and proper transfer of the message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
7.2.1 Type
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When an entity-body is included with a message, the data type of that
 | 
						||
   body is determined via the header fields Content-Type and Content-
 | 
						||
   Encoding. These define a two-layer, ordered encoding model:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       entity-body := Content-Encoding( Content-Type( data ) )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying data.
 | 
						||
   Content-Encoding may be used to indicate any additional content
 | 
						||
   codings applied to the data, usually for the purpose of data
 | 
						||
   compression, that are a property of the requested resource. There is
 | 
						||
   no default encoding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Any HTTP/1.1 message containing an entity-body SHOULD include a
 | 
						||
   Content-Type header field defining the media type of that body. If
 | 
						||
   and only if the media type is not given by a Content-Type field, the
 | 
						||
   recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type via inspection of its
 | 
						||
   content and/or the name extension(s) of the URI used to identify the
 | 
						||
   resource. If the media type remains unknown, the recipient SHOULD
 | 
						||
   treat it as type "application/octet-stream".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
7.2.2 Entity Length
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The entity-length of a message is the length of the message-body
 | 
						||
   before any transfer-codings have been applied. Section 4.4 defines
 | 
						||
   how the transfer-length of a message-body is determined.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 43]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8 Connections
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1 Persistent Connections
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.1 Purpose
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Prior to persistent connections, a separate TCP connection was
 | 
						||
   established to fetch each URL, increasing the load on HTTP servers
 | 
						||
   and causing congestion on the Internet. The use of inline images and
 | 
						||
   other associated data often require a client to make multiple
 | 
						||
   requests of the same server in a short amount of time. Analysis of
 | 
						||
   these performance problems and results from a prototype
 | 
						||
   implementation are available [26] [30]. Implementation experience and
 | 
						||
   measurements of actual HTTP/1.1 (RFC 2068) implementations show good
 | 
						||
   results [39]. Alternatives have also been explored, for example,
 | 
						||
   T/TCP [27].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Persistent HTTP connections have a number of advantages:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - By opening and closing fewer TCP connections, CPU time is saved
 | 
						||
        in routers and hosts (clients, servers, proxies, gateways,
 | 
						||
        tunnels, or caches), and memory used for TCP protocol control
 | 
						||
        blocks can be saved in hosts.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - HTTP requests and responses can be pipelined on a connection.
 | 
						||
        Pipelining allows a client to make multiple requests without
 | 
						||
        waiting for each response, allowing a single TCP connection to
 | 
						||
        be used much more efficiently, with much lower elapsed time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Network congestion is reduced by reducing the number of packets
 | 
						||
        caused by TCP opens, and by allowing TCP sufficient time to
 | 
						||
        determine the congestion state of the network.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Latency on subsequent requests is reduced since there is no time
 | 
						||
        spent in TCP's connection opening handshake.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - HTTP can evolve more gracefully, since errors can be reported
 | 
						||
        without the penalty of closing the TCP connection. Clients using
 | 
						||
        future versions of HTTP might optimistically try a new feature,
 | 
						||
        but if communicating with an older server, retry with old
 | 
						||
        semantics after an error is reported.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP implementations SHOULD implement persistent connections.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 44]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.2 Overall Operation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A significant difference between HTTP/1.1 and earlier versions of
 | 
						||
   HTTP is that persistent connections are the default behavior of any
 | 
						||
   HTTP connection. That is, unless otherwise indicated, the client
 | 
						||
   SHOULD assume that the server will maintain a persistent connection,
 | 
						||
   even after error responses from the server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Persistent connections provide a mechanism by which a client and a
 | 
						||
   server can signal the close of a TCP connection. This signaling takes
 | 
						||
   place using the Connection header field (section 14.10). Once a close
 | 
						||
   has been signaled, the client MUST NOT send any more requests on that
 | 
						||
   connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.2.1 Negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 server MAY assume that a HTTP/1.1 client intends to
 | 
						||
   maintain a persistent connection unless a Connection header including
 | 
						||
   the connection-token "close" was sent in the request. If the server
 | 
						||
   chooses to close the connection immediately after sending the
 | 
						||
   response, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
 | 
						||
   connection-token close.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 client MAY expect a connection to remain open, but would
 | 
						||
   decide to keep it open based on whether the response from a server
 | 
						||
   contains a Connection header with the connection-token close. In case
 | 
						||
   the client does not want to maintain a connection for more than that
 | 
						||
   request, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
 | 
						||
   connection-token close.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If either the client or the server sends the close token in the
 | 
						||
   Connection header, that request becomes the last one for the
 | 
						||
   connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients and servers SHOULD NOT assume that a persistent connection is
 | 
						||
   maintained for HTTP versions less than 1.1 unless it is explicitly
 | 
						||
   signaled. See section 19.6.2 for more information on backward
 | 
						||
   compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In order to remain persistent, all messages on the connection MUST
 | 
						||
   have a self-defined message length (i.e., one not defined by closure
 | 
						||
   of the connection), as described in section 4.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 45]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.2.2 Pipelining
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client that supports persistent connections MAY "pipeline" its
 | 
						||
   requests (i.e., send multiple requests without waiting for each
 | 
						||
   response). A server MUST send its responses to those requests in the
 | 
						||
   same order that the requests were received.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients which assume persistent connections and pipeline immediately
 | 
						||
   after connection establishment SHOULD be prepared to retry their
 | 
						||
   connection if the first pipelined attempt fails. If a client does
 | 
						||
   such a retry, it MUST NOT pipeline before it knows the connection is
 | 
						||
   persistent. Clients MUST also be prepared to resend their requests if
 | 
						||
   the server closes the connection before sending all of the
 | 
						||
   corresponding responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients SHOULD NOT pipeline requests using non-idempotent methods or
 | 
						||
   non-idempotent sequences of methods (see section 9.1.2). Otherwise, a
 | 
						||
   premature termination of the transport connection could lead to
 | 
						||
   indeterminate results. A client wishing to send a non-idempotent
 | 
						||
   request SHOULD wait to send that request until it has received the
 | 
						||
   response status for the previous request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.3 Proxy Servers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   It is especially important that proxies correctly implement the
 | 
						||
   properties of the Connection header field as specified in section
 | 
						||
   14.10.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The proxy server MUST signal persistent connections separately with
 | 
						||
   its clients and the origin servers (or other proxy servers) that it
 | 
						||
   connects to. Each persistent connection applies to only one transport
 | 
						||
   link.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A proxy server MUST NOT establish a HTTP/1.1 persistent connection
 | 
						||
   with an HTTP/1.0 client (but see RFC 2068 [33] for information and
 | 
						||
   discussion of the problems with the Keep-Alive header implemented by
 | 
						||
   many HTTP/1.0 clients).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.1.4 Practical Considerations
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Servers will usually have some time-out value beyond which they will
 | 
						||
   no longer maintain an inactive connection. Proxy servers might make
 | 
						||
   this a higher value since it is likely that the client will be making
 | 
						||
   more connections through the same server. The use of persistent
 | 
						||
   connections places no requirements on the length (or existence) of
 | 
						||
   this time-out for either the client or the server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 46]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a client or server wishes to time-out it SHOULD issue a graceful
 | 
						||
   close on the transport connection. Clients and servers SHOULD both
 | 
						||
   constantly watch for the other side of the transport close, and
 | 
						||
   respond to it as appropriate. If a client or server does not detect
 | 
						||
   the other side's close promptly it could cause unnecessary resource
 | 
						||
   drain on the network.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client, server, or proxy MAY close the transport connection at any
 | 
						||
   time. For example, a client might have started to send a new request
 | 
						||
   at the same time that the server has decided to close the "idle"
 | 
						||
   connection. From the server's point of view, the connection is being
 | 
						||
   closed while it was idle, but from the client's point of view, a
 | 
						||
   request is in progress.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This means that clients, servers, and proxies MUST be able to recover
 | 
						||
   from asynchronous close events. Client software SHOULD reopen the
 | 
						||
   transport connection and retransmit the aborted sequence of requests
 | 
						||
   without user interaction so long as the request sequence is
 | 
						||
   idempotent (see section 9.1.2). Non-idempotent methods or sequences
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT be automatically retried, although user agents MAY offer a
 | 
						||
   human operator the choice of retrying the request(s). Confirmation by
 | 
						||
   user-agent software with semantic understanding of the application
 | 
						||
   MAY substitute for user confirmation. The automatic retry SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   be repeated if the second sequence of requests fails.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Servers SHOULD always respond to at least one request per connection,
 | 
						||
   if at all possible. Servers SHOULD NOT close a connection in the
 | 
						||
   middle of transmitting a response, unless a network or client failure
 | 
						||
   is suspected.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients that use persistent connections SHOULD limit the number of
 | 
						||
   simultaneous connections that they maintain to a given server. A
 | 
						||
   single-user client SHOULD NOT maintain more than 2 connections with
 | 
						||
   any server or proxy. A proxy SHOULD use up to 2*N connections to
 | 
						||
   another server or proxy, where N is the number of simultaneously
 | 
						||
   active users. These guidelines are intended to improve HTTP response
 | 
						||
   times and avoid congestion.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.2 Message Transmission Requirements
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.2.1 Persistent Connections and Flow Control
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD maintain persistent connections and use TCP's
 | 
						||
   flow control mechanisms to resolve temporary overloads, rather than
 | 
						||
   terminating connections with the expectation that clients will retry.
 | 
						||
   The latter technique can exacerbate network congestion.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 47]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.2.2 Monitoring Connections for Error Status Messages
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 (or later) client sending a message-body SHOULD monitor
 | 
						||
   the network connection for an error status while it is transmitting
 | 
						||
   the request. If the client sees an error status, it SHOULD
 | 
						||
   immediately cease transmitting the body. If the body is being sent
 | 
						||
   using a "chunked" encoding (section 3.6), a zero length chunk and
 | 
						||
   empty trailer MAY be used to prematurely mark the end of the message.
 | 
						||
   If the body was preceded by a Content-Length header, the client MUST
 | 
						||
   close the connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.2.3 Use of the 100 (Continue) Status
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The purpose of the 100 (Continue) status (see section 10.1.1) is to
 | 
						||
   allow a client that is sending a request message with a request body
 | 
						||
   to determine if the origin server is willing to accept the request
 | 
						||
   (based on the request headers) before the client sends the request
 | 
						||
   body. In some cases, it might either be inappropriate or highly
 | 
						||
   inefficient for the client to send the body if the server will reject
 | 
						||
   the message without looking at the body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 clients:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If a client will wait for a 100 (Continue) response before
 | 
						||
        sending the request body, it MUST send an Expect request-header
 | 
						||
        field (section 14.20) with the "100-continue" expectation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - A client MUST NOT send an Expect request-header field (section
 | 
						||
        14.20) with the "100-continue" expectation if it does not intend
 | 
						||
        to send a request body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because of the presence of older implementations, the protocol allows
 | 
						||
   ambiguous situations in which a client may send "Expect: 100-
 | 
						||
   continue" without receiving either a 417 (Expectation Failed) status
 | 
						||
   or a 100 (Continue) status. Therefore, when a client sends this
 | 
						||
   header field to an origin server (possibly via a proxy) from which it
 | 
						||
   has never seen a 100 (Continue) status, the client SHOULD NOT wait
 | 
						||
   for an indefinite period before sending the request body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 origin servers:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Upon receiving a request which includes an Expect request-header
 | 
						||
        field with the "100-continue" expectation, an origin server MUST
 | 
						||
        either respond with 100 (Continue) status and continue to read
 | 
						||
        from the input stream, or respond with a final status code. The
 | 
						||
        origin server MUST NOT wait for the request body before sending
 | 
						||
        the 100 (Continue) response. If it responds with a final status
 | 
						||
        code, it MAY close the transport connection or it MAY continue
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 48]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        to read and discard the rest of the request.  It MUST NOT
 | 
						||
        perform the requested method if it returns a final status code.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - An origin server SHOULD NOT send a 100 (Continue) response if
 | 
						||
        the request message does not include an Expect request-header
 | 
						||
        field with the "100-continue" expectation, and MUST NOT send a
 | 
						||
        100 (Continue) response if such a request comes from an HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
        (or earlier) client. There is an exception to this rule: for
 | 
						||
        compatibility with RFC 2068, a server MAY send a 100 (Continue)
 | 
						||
        status in response to an HTTP/1.1 PUT or POST request that does
 | 
						||
        not include an Expect request-header field with the "100-
 | 
						||
        continue" expectation. This exception, the purpose of which is
 | 
						||
        to minimize any client processing delays associated with an
 | 
						||
        undeclared wait for 100 (Continue) status, applies only to
 | 
						||
        HTTP/1.1 requests, and not to requests with any other HTTP-
 | 
						||
        version value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - An origin server MAY omit a 100 (Continue) response if it has
 | 
						||
        already received some or all of the request body for the
 | 
						||
        corresponding request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - An origin server that sends a 100 (Continue) response MUST
 | 
						||
        ultimately send a final status code, once the request body is
 | 
						||
        received and processed, unless it terminates the transport
 | 
						||
        connection prematurely.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If an origin server receives a request that does not include an
 | 
						||
        Expect request-header field with the "100-continue" expectation,
 | 
						||
        the request includes a request body, and the server responds
 | 
						||
        with a final status code before reading the entire request body
 | 
						||
        from the transport connection, then the server SHOULD NOT close
 | 
						||
        the transport connection until it has read the entire request,
 | 
						||
        or until the client closes the connection. Otherwise, the client
 | 
						||
        might not reliably receive the response message. However, this
 | 
						||
        requirement is not be construed as preventing a server from
 | 
						||
        defending itself against denial-of-service attacks, or from
 | 
						||
        badly broken client implementations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 proxies:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If a proxy receives a request that includes an Expect request-
 | 
						||
        header field with the "100-continue" expectation, and the proxy
 | 
						||
        either knows that the next-hop server complies with HTTP/1.1 or
 | 
						||
        higher, or does not know the HTTP version of the next-hop
 | 
						||
        server, it MUST forward the request, including the Expect header
 | 
						||
        field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 49]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If the proxy knows that the version of the next-hop server is
 | 
						||
        HTTP/1.0 or lower, it MUST NOT forward the request, and it MUST
 | 
						||
        respond with a 417 (Expectation Failed) status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Proxies SHOULD maintain a cache recording the HTTP version
 | 
						||
        numbers received from recently-referenced next-hop servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - A proxy MUST NOT forward a 100 (Continue) response if the
 | 
						||
        request message was received from an HTTP/1.0 (or earlier)
 | 
						||
        client and did not include an Expect request-header field with
 | 
						||
        the "100-continue" expectation. This requirement overrides the
 | 
						||
        general rule for forwarding of 1xx responses (see section 10.1).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
8.2.4 Client Behavior if Server Prematurely Closes Connection
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an HTTP/1.1 client sends a request which includes a request body,
 | 
						||
   but which does not include an Expect request-header field with the
 | 
						||
   "100-continue" expectation, and if the client is not directly
 | 
						||
   connected to an HTTP/1.1 origin server, and if the client sees the
 | 
						||
   connection close before receiving any status from the server, the
 | 
						||
   client SHOULD retry the request.  If the client does retry this
 | 
						||
   request, it MAY use the following "binary exponential backoff"
 | 
						||
   algorithm to be assured of obtaining a reliable response:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. Initiate a new connection to the server
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. Transmit the request-headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. Initialize a variable R to the estimated round-trip time to the
 | 
						||
         server (e.g., based on the time it took to establish the
 | 
						||
         connection), or to a constant value of 5 seconds if the round-
 | 
						||
         trip time is not available.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      4. Compute T = R * (2**N), where N is the number of previous
 | 
						||
         retries of this request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      5. Wait either for an error response from the server, or for T
 | 
						||
         seconds (whichever comes first)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      6. If no error response is received, after T seconds transmit the
 | 
						||
         body of the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      7. If client sees that the connection is closed prematurely,
 | 
						||
         repeat from step 1 until the request is accepted, an error
 | 
						||
         response is received, or the user becomes impatient and
 | 
						||
         terminates the retry process.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 50]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If at any point an error status is received, the client
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - SHOULD NOT continue and
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - SHOULD close the connection if it has not completed sending the
 | 
						||
        request message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9 Method Definitions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The set of common methods for HTTP/1.1 is defined below. Although
 | 
						||
   this set can be expanded, additional methods cannot be assumed to
 | 
						||
   share the same semantics for separately extended clients and servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Host request-header field (section 14.23) MUST accompany all
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.1 Safe and Idempotent Methods
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.1.1 Safe Methods
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Implementors should be aware that the software represents the user in
 | 
						||
   their interactions over the Internet, and should be careful to allow
 | 
						||
   the user to be aware of any actions they might take which may have an
 | 
						||
   unexpected significance to themselves or others.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In particular, the convention has been established that the GET and
 | 
						||
   HEAD methods SHOULD NOT have the significance of taking an action
 | 
						||
   other than retrieval. These methods ought to be considered "safe".
 | 
						||
   This allows user agents to represent other methods, such as POST, PUT
 | 
						||
   and DELETE, in a special way, so that the user is made aware of the
 | 
						||
   fact that a possibly unsafe action is being requested.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Naturally, it is not possible to ensure that the server does not
 | 
						||
   generate side-effects as a result of performing a GET request; in
 | 
						||
   fact, some dynamic resources consider that a feature. The important
 | 
						||
   distinction here is that the user did not request the side-effects,
 | 
						||
   so therefore cannot be held accountable for them.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.1.2 Idempotent Methods
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Methods can also have the property of "idempotence" in that (aside
 | 
						||
   from error or expiration issues) the side-effects of N > 0 identical
 | 
						||
   requests is the same as for a single request. The methods GET, HEAD,
 | 
						||
   PUT and DELETE share this property. Also, the methods OPTIONS and
 | 
						||
   TRACE SHOULD NOT have side effects, and so are inherently idempotent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 51]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   However, it is possible that a sequence of several requests is non-
 | 
						||
   idempotent, even if all of the methods executed in that sequence are
 | 
						||
   idempotent. (A sequence is idempotent if a single execution of the
 | 
						||
   entire sequence always yields a result that is not changed by a
 | 
						||
   reexecution of all, or part, of that sequence.) For example, a
 | 
						||
   sequence is non-idempotent if its result depends on a value that is
 | 
						||
   later modified in the same sequence.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A sequence that never has side effects is idempotent, by definition
 | 
						||
   (provided that no concurrent operations are being executed on the
 | 
						||
   same set of resources).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.2 OPTIONS
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The OPTIONS method represents a request for information about the
 | 
						||
   communication options available on the request/response chain
 | 
						||
   identified by the Request-URI. This method allows the client to
 | 
						||
   determine the options and/or requirements associated with a resource,
 | 
						||
   or the capabilities of a server, without implying a resource action
 | 
						||
   or initiating a resource retrieval.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Responses to this method are not cacheable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the OPTIONS request includes an entity-body (as indicated by the
 | 
						||
   presence of Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding), then the media type
 | 
						||
   MUST be indicated by a Content-Type field. Although this
 | 
						||
   specification does not define any use for such a body, future
 | 
						||
   extensions to HTTP might use the OPTIONS body to make more detailed
 | 
						||
   queries on the server. A server that does not support such an
 | 
						||
   extension MAY discard the request body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the Request-URI is an asterisk ("*"), the OPTIONS request is
 | 
						||
   intended to apply to the server in general rather than to a specific
 | 
						||
   resource. Since a server's communication options typically depend on
 | 
						||
   the resource, the "*" request is only useful as a "ping" or "no-op"
 | 
						||
   type of method; it does nothing beyond allowing the client to test
 | 
						||
   the capabilities of the server. For example, this can be used to test
 | 
						||
   a proxy for HTTP/1.1 compliance (or lack thereof).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the Request-URI is not an asterisk, the OPTIONS request applies
 | 
						||
   only to the options that are available when communicating with that
 | 
						||
   resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A 200 response SHOULD include any header fields that indicate
 | 
						||
   optional features implemented by the server and applicable to that
 | 
						||
   resource (e.g., Allow), possibly including extensions not defined by
 | 
						||
   this specification. The response body, if any, SHOULD also include
 | 
						||
   information about the communication options. The format for such a
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 52]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   body is not defined by this specification, but might be defined by
 | 
						||
   future extensions to HTTP. Content negotiation MAY be used to select
 | 
						||
   the appropriate response format. If no response body is included, the
 | 
						||
   response MUST include a Content-Length field with a field-value of
 | 
						||
   "0".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Max-Forwards request-header field MAY be used to target a
 | 
						||
   specific proxy in the request chain. When a proxy receives an OPTIONS
 | 
						||
   request on an absoluteURI for which request forwarding is permitted,
 | 
						||
   the proxy MUST check for a Max-Forwards field. If the Max-Forwards
 | 
						||
   field-value is zero ("0"), the proxy MUST NOT forward the message;
 | 
						||
   instead, the proxy SHOULD respond with its own communication options.
 | 
						||
   If the Max-Forwards field-value is an integer greater than zero, the
 | 
						||
   proxy MUST decrement the field-value when it forwards the request. If
 | 
						||
   no Max-Forwards field is present in the request, then the forwarded
 | 
						||
   request MUST NOT include a Max-Forwards field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.3 GET
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The GET method means retrieve whatever information (in the form of an
 | 
						||
   entity) is identified by the Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers
 | 
						||
   to a data-producing process, it is the produced data which shall be
 | 
						||
   returned as the entity in the response and not the source text of the
 | 
						||
   process, unless that text happens to be the output of the process.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The semantics of the GET method change to a "conditional GET" if the
 | 
						||
   request message includes an If-Modified-Since, If-Unmodified-Since,
 | 
						||
   If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Range header field. A conditional GET
 | 
						||
   method requests that the entity be transferred only under the
 | 
						||
   circumstances described by the conditional header field(s). The
 | 
						||
   conditional GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary network
 | 
						||
   usage by allowing cached entities to be refreshed without requiring
 | 
						||
   multiple requests or transferring data already held by the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The semantics of the GET method change to a "partial GET" if the
 | 
						||
   request message includes a Range header field. A partial GET requests
 | 
						||
   that only part of the entity be transferred, as described in section
 | 
						||
   14.35. The partial GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary
 | 
						||
   network usage by allowing partially-retrieved entities to be
 | 
						||
   completed without transferring data already held by the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response to a GET request is cacheable if and only if it meets
 | 
						||
   the requirements for HTTP caching described in section 13.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 15.1.3 for security considerations when used for forms.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 53]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.4 HEAD
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HEAD method is identical to GET except that the server MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   return a message-body in the response. The metainformation contained
 | 
						||
   in the HTTP headers in response to a HEAD request SHOULD be identical
 | 
						||
   to the information sent in response to a GET request. This method can
 | 
						||
   be used for obtaining metainformation about the entity implied by the
 | 
						||
   request without transferring the entity-body itself. This method is
 | 
						||
   often used for testing hypertext links for validity, accessibility,
 | 
						||
   and recent modification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response to a HEAD request MAY be cacheable in the sense that the
 | 
						||
   information contained in the response MAY be used to update a
 | 
						||
   previously cached entity from that resource. If the new field values
 | 
						||
   indicate that the cached entity differs from the current entity (as
 | 
						||
   would be indicated by a change in Content-Length, Content-MD5, ETag
 | 
						||
   or Last-Modified), then the cache MUST treat the cache entry as
 | 
						||
   stale.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.5 POST
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The POST method is used to request that the origin server accept the
 | 
						||
   entity enclosed in the request as a new subordinate of the resource
 | 
						||
   identified by the Request-URI in the Request-Line. POST is designed
 | 
						||
   to allow a uniform method to cover the following functions:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Annotation of existing resources;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Posting a message to a bulletin board, newsgroup, mailing list,
 | 
						||
        or similar group of articles;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Providing a block of data, such as the result of submitting a
 | 
						||
        form, to a data-handling process;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Extending a database through an append operation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The actual function performed by the POST method is determined by the
 | 
						||
   server and is usually dependent on the Request-URI. The posted entity
 | 
						||
   is subordinate to that URI in the same way that a file is subordinate
 | 
						||
   to a directory containing it, a news article is subordinate to a
 | 
						||
   newsgroup to which it is posted, or a record is subordinate to a
 | 
						||
   database.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The action performed by the POST method might not result in a
 | 
						||
   resource that can be identified by a URI. In this case, either 200
 | 
						||
   (OK) or 204 (No Content) is the appropriate response status,
 | 
						||
   depending on whether or not the response includes an entity that
 | 
						||
   describes the result.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 54]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a resource has been created on the origin server, the response
 | 
						||
   SHOULD be 201 (Created) and contain an entity which describes the
 | 
						||
   status of the request and refers to the new resource, and a Location
 | 
						||
   header (see section 14.30).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Responses to this method are not cacheable, unless the response
 | 
						||
   includes appropriate Cache-Control or Expires header fields. However,
 | 
						||
   the 303 (See Other) response can be used to direct the user agent to
 | 
						||
   retrieve a cacheable resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   POST requests MUST obey the message transmission requirements set out
 | 
						||
   in section 8.2.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 15.1.3 for security considerations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.6 PUT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The PUT method requests that the enclosed entity be stored under the
 | 
						||
   supplied Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers to an already
 | 
						||
   existing resource, the enclosed entity SHOULD be considered as a
 | 
						||
   modified version of the one residing on the origin server. If the
 | 
						||
   Request-URI does not point to an existing resource, and that URI is
 | 
						||
   capable of being defined as a new resource by the requesting user
 | 
						||
   agent, the origin server can create the resource with that URI. If a
 | 
						||
   new resource is created, the origin server MUST inform the user agent
 | 
						||
   via the 201 (Created) response. If an existing resource is modified,
 | 
						||
   either the 200 (OK) or 204 (No Content) response codes SHOULD be sent
 | 
						||
   to indicate successful completion of the request. If the resource
 | 
						||
   could not be created or modified with the Request-URI, an appropriate
 | 
						||
   error response SHOULD be given that reflects the nature of the
 | 
						||
   problem. The recipient of the entity MUST NOT ignore any Content-*
 | 
						||
   (e.g. Content-Range) headers that it does not understand or implement
 | 
						||
   and MUST return a 501 (Not Implemented) response in such cases.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
 | 
						||
   one or more currently cached entities, those entries SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cacheable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The fundamental difference between the POST and PUT requests is
 | 
						||
   reflected in the different meaning of the Request-URI. The URI in a
 | 
						||
   POST request identifies the resource that will handle the enclosed
 | 
						||
   entity. That resource might be a data-accepting process, a gateway to
 | 
						||
   some other protocol, or a separate entity that accepts annotations.
 | 
						||
   In contrast, the URI in a PUT request identifies the entity enclosed
 | 
						||
   with the request -- the user agent knows what URI is intended and the
 | 
						||
   server MUST NOT attempt to apply the request to some other resource.
 | 
						||
   If the server desires that the request be applied to a different URI,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 55]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   it MUST send a 301 (Moved Permanently) response; the user agent MAY
 | 
						||
   then make its own decision regarding whether or not to redirect the
 | 
						||
   request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A single resource MAY be identified by many different URIs. For
 | 
						||
   example, an article might have a URI for identifying "the current
 | 
						||
   version" which is separate from the URI identifying each particular
 | 
						||
   version. In this case, a PUT request on a general URI might result in
 | 
						||
   several other URIs being defined by the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 does not define how a PUT method affects the state of an
 | 
						||
   origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   PUT requests MUST obey the message transmission requirements set out
 | 
						||
   in section 8.2.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless otherwise specified for a particular entity-header, the
 | 
						||
   entity-headers in the PUT request SHOULD be applied to the resource
 | 
						||
   created or modified by the PUT.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.7 DELETE
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The DELETE method requests that the origin server delete the resource
 | 
						||
   identified by the Request-URI. This method MAY be overridden by human
 | 
						||
   intervention (or other means) on the origin server. The client cannot
 | 
						||
   be guaranteed that the operation has been carried out, even if the
 | 
						||
   status code returned from the origin server indicates that the action
 | 
						||
   has been completed successfully. However, the server SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   indicate success unless, at the time the response is given, it
 | 
						||
   intends to delete the resource or move it to an inaccessible
 | 
						||
   location.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A successful response SHOULD be 200 (OK) if the response includes an
 | 
						||
   entity describing the status, 202 (Accepted) if the action has not
 | 
						||
   yet been enacted, or 204 (No Content) if the action has been enacted
 | 
						||
   but the response does not include an entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
 | 
						||
   one or more currently cached entities, those entries SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cacheable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.8 TRACE
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The TRACE method is used to invoke a remote, application-layer loop-
 | 
						||
   back of the request message. The final recipient of the request
 | 
						||
   SHOULD reflect the message received back to the client as the
 | 
						||
   entity-body of a 200 (OK) response. The final recipient is either the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 56]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   origin server or the first proxy or gateway to receive a Max-Forwards
 | 
						||
   value of zero (0) in the request (see section 14.31). A TRACE request
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT include an entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   TRACE allows the client to see what is being received at the other
 | 
						||
   end of the request chain and use that data for testing or diagnostic
 | 
						||
   information. The value of the Via header field (section 14.45) is of
 | 
						||
   particular interest, since it acts as a trace of the request chain.
 | 
						||
   Use of the Max-Forwards header field allows the client to limit the
 | 
						||
   length of the request chain, which is useful for testing a chain of
 | 
						||
   proxies forwarding messages in an infinite loop.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request is valid, the response SHOULD contain the entire
 | 
						||
   request message in the entity-body, with a Content-Type of
 | 
						||
   "message/http". Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
9.9 CONNECT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification reserves the method name CONNECT for use with a
 | 
						||
   proxy that can dynamically switch to being a tunnel (e.g. SSL
 | 
						||
   tunneling [44]).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10 Status Code Definitions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Each Status-Code is described below, including a description of which
 | 
						||
   method(s) it can follow and any metainformation required in the
 | 
						||
   response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.1 Informational 1xx
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This class of status code indicates a provisional response,
 | 
						||
   consisting only of the Status-Line and optional headers, and is
 | 
						||
   terminated by an empty line. There are no required headers for this
 | 
						||
   class of status code. Since HTTP/1.0 did not define any 1xx status
 | 
						||
   codes, servers MUST NOT send a 1xx response to an HTTP/1.0 client
 | 
						||
   except under experimental conditions.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client MUST be prepared to accept one or more 1xx status responses
 | 
						||
   prior to a regular response, even if the client does not expect a 100
 | 
						||
   (Continue) status message. Unexpected 1xx status responses MAY be
 | 
						||
   ignored by a user agent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxies MUST forward 1xx responses, unless the connection between the
 | 
						||
   proxy and its client has been closed, or unless the proxy itself
 | 
						||
   requested the generation of the 1xx response. (For example, if a
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 57]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   proxy adds a "Expect: 100-continue" field when it forwards a request,
 | 
						||
   then it need not forward the corresponding 100 (Continue)
 | 
						||
   response(s).)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.1.1 100 Continue
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The client SHOULD continue with its request. This interim response is
 | 
						||
   used to inform the client that the initial part of the request has
 | 
						||
   been received and has not yet been rejected by the server. The client
 | 
						||
   SHOULD continue by sending the remainder of the request or, if the
 | 
						||
   request has already been completed, ignore this response. The server
 | 
						||
   MUST send a final response after the request has been completed. See
 | 
						||
   section 8.2.3 for detailed discussion of the use and handling of this
 | 
						||
   status code.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.1.2 101 Switching Protocols
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server understands and is willing to comply with the client's
 | 
						||
   request, via the Upgrade message header field (section 14.42), for a
 | 
						||
   change in the application protocol being used on this connection. The
 | 
						||
   server will switch protocols to those defined by the response's
 | 
						||
   Upgrade header field immediately after the empty line which
 | 
						||
   terminates the 101 response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The protocol SHOULD be switched only when it is advantageous to do
 | 
						||
   so. For example, switching to a newer version of HTTP is advantageous
 | 
						||
   over older versions, and switching to a real-time, synchronous
 | 
						||
   protocol might be advantageous when delivering resources that use
 | 
						||
   such features.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2 Successful 2xx
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This class of status code indicates that the client's request was
 | 
						||
   successfully received, understood, and accepted.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.1 200 OK
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request has succeeded. The information returned with the response
 | 
						||
   is dependent on the method used in the request, for example:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   GET    an entity corresponding to the requested resource is sent in
 | 
						||
          the response;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HEAD   the entity-header fields corresponding to the requested
 | 
						||
          resource are sent in the response without any message-body;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   POST   an entity describing or containing the result of the action;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 58]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   TRACE  an entity containing the request message as received by the
 | 
						||
          end server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.2 201 Created
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request has been fulfilled and resulted in a new resource being
 | 
						||
   created. The newly created resource can be referenced by the URI(s)
 | 
						||
   returned in the entity of the response, with the most specific URI
 | 
						||
   for the resource given by a Location header field. The response
 | 
						||
   SHOULD include an entity containing a list of resource
 | 
						||
   characteristics and location(s) from which the user or user agent can
 | 
						||
   choose the one most appropriate. The entity format is specified by
 | 
						||
   the media type given in the Content-Type header field. The origin
 | 
						||
   server MUST create the resource before returning the 201 status code.
 | 
						||
   If the action cannot be carried out immediately, the server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   respond with 202 (Accepted) response instead.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A 201 response MAY contain an ETag response header field indicating
 | 
						||
   the current value of the entity tag for the requested variant just
 | 
						||
   created, see section 14.19.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.3 202 Accepted
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request has been accepted for processing, but the processing has
 | 
						||
   not been completed.  The request might or might not eventually be
 | 
						||
   acted upon, as it might be disallowed when processing actually takes
 | 
						||
   place. There is no facility for re-sending a status code from an
 | 
						||
   asynchronous operation such as this.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The 202 response is intentionally non-committal. Its purpose is to
 | 
						||
   allow a server to accept a request for some other process (perhaps a
 | 
						||
   batch-oriented process that is only run once per day) without
 | 
						||
   requiring that the user agent's connection to the server persist
 | 
						||
   until the process is completed. The entity returned with this
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD include an indication of the request's current status
 | 
						||
   and either a pointer to a status monitor or some estimate of when the
 | 
						||
   user can expect the request to be fulfilled.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.4 203 Non-Authoritative Information
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The returned metainformation in the entity-header is not the
 | 
						||
   definitive set as available from the origin server, but is gathered
 | 
						||
   from a local or a third-party copy. The set presented MAY be a subset
 | 
						||
   or superset of the original version. For example, including local
 | 
						||
   annotation information about the resource might result in a superset
 | 
						||
   of the metainformation known by the origin server. Use of this
 | 
						||
   response code is not required and is only appropriate when the
 | 
						||
   response would otherwise be 200 (OK).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 59]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.5 204 No Content
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server has fulfilled the request but does not need to return an
 | 
						||
   entity-body, and might want to return updated metainformation. The
 | 
						||
   response MAY include new or updated metainformation in the form of
 | 
						||
   entity-headers, which if present SHOULD be associated with the
 | 
						||
   requested variant.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the client is a user agent, it SHOULD NOT change its document view
 | 
						||
   from that which caused the request to be sent. This response is
 | 
						||
   primarily intended to allow input for actions to take place without
 | 
						||
   causing a change to the user agent's active document view, although
 | 
						||
   any new or updated metainformation SHOULD be applied to the document
 | 
						||
   currently in the user agent's active view.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The 204 response MUST NOT include a message-body, and thus is always
 | 
						||
   terminated by the first empty line after the header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.6 205 Reset Content
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server has fulfilled the request and the user agent SHOULD reset
 | 
						||
   the document view which caused the request to be sent. This response
 | 
						||
   is primarily intended to allow input for actions to take place via
 | 
						||
   user input, followed by a clearing of the form in which the input is
 | 
						||
   given so that the user can easily initiate another input action. The
 | 
						||
   response MUST NOT include an entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.2.7 206 Partial Content
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server has fulfilled the partial GET request for the resource.
 | 
						||
   The request MUST have included a Range header field (section 14.35)
 | 
						||
   indicating the desired range, and MAY have included an If-Range
 | 
						||
   header field (section 14.27) to make the request conditional.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response MUST include the following header fields:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Either a Content-Range header field (section 14.16) indicating
 | 
						||
        the range included with this response, or a multipart/byteranges
 | 
						||
        Content-Type including Content-Range fields for each part. If a
 | 
						||
        Content-Length header field is present in the response, its
 | 
						||
        value MUST match the actual number of OCTETs transmitted in the
 | 
						||
        message-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - ETag and/or Content-Location, if the header would have been sent
 | 
						||
        in a 200 response to the same request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 60]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Expires, Cache-Control, and/or Vary, if the field-value might
 | 
						||
        differ from that sent in any previous response for the same
 | 
						||
        variant
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the 206 response is the result of an If-Range request that used a
 | 
						||
   strong cache validator (see section 13.3.3), the response SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   include other entity-headers. If the response is the result of an
 | 
						||
   If-Range request that used a weak validator, the response MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   include other entity-headers; this prevents inconsistencies between
 | 
						||
   cached entity-bodies and updated headers. Otherwise, the response
 | 
						||
   MUST include all of the entity-headers that would have been returned
 | 
						||
   with a 200 (OK) response to the same request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache MUST NOT combine a 206 response with other previously cached
 | 
						||
   content if the ETag or Last-Modified headers do not match exactly,
 | 
						||
   see 13.5.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache that does not support the Range and Content-Range headers
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT cache 206 (Partial) responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3 Redirection 3xx
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This class of status code indicates that further action needs to be
 | 
						||
   taken by the user agent in order to fulfill the request.  The action
 | 
						||
   required MAY be carried out by the user agent without interaction
 | 
						||
   with the user if and only if the method used in the second request is
 | 
						||
   GET or HEAD. A client SHOULD detect infinite redirection loops, since
 | 
						||
   such loops generate network traffic for each redirection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: previous versions of this specification recommended a
 | 
						||
      maximum of five redirections. Content developers should be aware
 | 
						||
      that there might be clients that implement such a fixed
 | 
						||
      limitation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.1 300 Multiple Choices
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource corresponds to any one of a set of
 | 
						||
   representations, each with its own specific location, and agent-
 | 
						||
   driven negotiation information (section 12) is being provided so that
 | 
						||
   the user (or user agent) can select a preferred representation and
 | 
						||
   redirect its request to that location.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
 | 
						||
   containing a list of resource characteristics and location(s) from
 | 
						||
   which the user or user agent can choose the one most appropriate. The
 | 
						||
   entity format is specified by the media type given in the Content-
 | 
						||
   Type header field. Depending upon the format and the capabilities of
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 61]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   the user agent, selection of the most appropriate choice MAY be
 | 
						||
   performed automatically. However, this specification does not define
 | 
						||
   any standard for such automatic selection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the server has a preferred choice of representation, it SHOULD
 | 
						||
   include the specific URI for that representation in the Location
 | 
						||
   field; user agents MAY use the Location field value for automatic
 | 
						||
   redirection. This response is cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.2 301 Moved Permanently
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource has been assigned a new permanent URI and any
 | 
						||
   future references to this resource SHOULD use one of the returned
 | 
						||
   URIs.  Clients with link editing capabilities ought to automatically
 | 
						||
   re-link references to the Request-URI to one or more of the new
 | 
						||
   references returned by the server, where possible. This response is
 | 
						||
   cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The new permanent URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
 | 
						||
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
 | 
						||
   the new URI(s).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the 301 status code is received in response to a request other
 | 
						||
   than GET or HEAD, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
 | 
						||
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
 | 
						||
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: When automatically redirecting a POST request after
 | 
						||
      receiving a 301 status code, some existing HTTP/1.0 user agents
 | 
						||
      will erroneously change it into a GET request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.3 302 Found
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource resides temporarily under a different URI.
 | 
						||
   Since the redirection might be altered on occasion, the client SHOULD
 | 
						||
   continue to use the Request-URI for future requests.  This response
 | 
						||
   is only cacheable if indicated by a Cache-Control or Expires header
 | 
						||
   field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The temporary URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
 | 
						||
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
 | 
						||
   the new URI(s).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 62]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the 302 status code is received in response to a request other
 | 
						||
   than GET or HEAD, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
 | 
						||
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
 | 
						||
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: RFC 1945 and RFC 2068 specify that the client is not allowed
 | 
						||
      to change the method on the redirected request.  However, most
 | 
						||
      existing user agent implementations treat 302 as if it were a 303
 | 
						||
      response, performing a GET on the Location field-value regardless
 | 
						||
      of the original request method. The status codes 303 and 307 have
 | 
						||
      been added for servers that wish to make unambiguously clear which
 | 
						||
      kind of reaction is expected of the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.4 303 See Other
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response to the request can be found under a different URI and
 | 
						||
   SHOULD be retrieved using a GET method on that resource. This method
 | 
						||
   exists primarily to allow the output of a POST-activated script to
 | 
						||
   redirect the user agent to a selected resource. The new URI is not a
 | 
						||
   substitute reference for the originally requested resource. The 303
 | 
						||
   response MUST NOT be cached, but the response to the second
 | 
						||
   (redirected) request might be cacheable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The different URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
 | 
						||
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
 | 
						||
   the new URI(s).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Many pre-HTTP/1.1 user agents do not understand the 303
 | 
						||
      status. When interoperability with such clients is a concern, the
 | 
						||
      302 status code may be used instead, since most user agents react
 | 
						||
      to a 302 response as described here for 303.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.5 304 Not Modified
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the client has performed a conditional GET request and access is
 | 
						||
   allowed, but the document has not been modified, the server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   respond with this status code. The 304 response MUST NOT contain a
 | 
						||
   message-body, and thus is always terminated by the first empty line
 | 
						||
   after the header fields.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The response MUST include the following header fields:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Date, unless its omission is required by section 14.18.1
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 63]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a clockless origin server obeys these rules, and proxies and
 | 
						||
   clients add their own Date to any response received without one (as
 | 
						||
   already specified by [RFC 2068], section 14.19), caches will operate
 | 
						||
   correctly.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - ETag and/or Content-Location, if the header would have been sent
 | 
						||
        in a 200 response to the same request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Expires, Cache-Control, and/or Vary, if the field-value might
 | 
						||
        differ from that sent in any previous response for the same
 | 
						||
        variant
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the conditional GET used a strong cache validator (see section
 | 
						||
   13.3.3), the response SHOULD NOT include other entity-headers.
 | 
						||
   Otherwise (i.e., the conditional GET used a weak validator), the
 | 
						||
   response MUST NOT include other entity-headers; this prevents
 | 
						||
   inconsistencies between cached entity-bodies and updated headers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a 304 response indicates an entity not currently cached, then the
 | 
						||
   cache MUST disregard the response and repeat the request without the
 | 
						||
   conditional.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache uses a received 304 response to update a cache entry, the
 | 
						||
   cache MUST update the entry to reflect any new field values given in
 | 
						||
   the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.6 305 Use Proxy
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource MUST be accessed through the proxy given by
 | 
						||
   the Location field. The Location field gives the URI of the proxy.
 | 
						||
   The recipient is expected to repeat this single request via the
 | 
						||
   proxy. 305 responses MUST only be generated by origin servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: RFC 2068 was not clear that 305 was intended to redirect a
 | 
						||
      single request, and to be generated by origin servers only.  Not
 | 
						||
      observing these limitations has significant security consequences.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.7 306 (Unused)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The 306 status code was used in a previous version of the
 | 
						||
   specification, is no longer used, and the code is reserved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 64]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.3.8 307 Temporary Redirect
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource resides temporarily under a different URI.
 | 
						||
   Since the redirection MAY be altered on occasion, the client SHOULD
 | 
						||
   continue to use the Request-URI for future requests.  This response
 | 
						||
   is only cacheable if indicated by a Cache-Control or Expires header
 | 
						||
   field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The temporary URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
 | 
						||
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
 | 
						||
   the new URI(s) , since many pre-HTTP/1.1 user agents do not
 | 
						||
   understand the 307 status. Therefore, the note SHOULD contain the
 | 
						||
   information necessary for a user to repeat the original request on
 | 
						||
   the new URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the 307 status code is received in response to a request other
 | 
						||
   than GET or HEAD, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
 | 
						||
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
 | 
						||
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4 Client Error 4xx
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The 4xx class of status code is intended for cases in which the
 | 
						||
   client seems to have erred. Except when responding to a HEAD request,
 | 
						||
   the server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
 | 
						||
   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
 | 
						||
   condition. These status codes are applicable to any request method.
 | 
						||
   User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the user.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the client is sending data, a server implementation using TCP
 | 
						||
   SHOULD be careful to ensure that the client acknowledges receipt of
 | 
						||
   the packet(s) containing the response, before the server closes the
 | 
						||
   input connection. If the client continues sending data to the server
 | 
						||
   after the close, the server's TCP stack will send a reset packet to
 | 
						||
   the client, which may erase the client's unacknowledged input buffers
 | 
						||
   before they can be read and interpreted by the HTTP application.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.1 400 Bad Request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed
 | 
						||
   syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without
 | 
						||
   modifications.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 65]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.2 401 Unauthorized
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request requires user authentication. The response MUST include a
 | 
						||
   WWW-Authenticate header field (section 14.47) containing a challenge
 | 
						||
   applicable to the requested resource. The client MAY repeat the
 | 
						||
   request with a suitable Authorization header field (section 14.8). If
 | 
						||
   the request already included Authorization credentials, then the 401
 | 
						||
   response indicates that authorization has been refused for those
 | 
						||
   credentials. If the 401 response contains the same challenge as the
 | 
						||
   prior response, and the user agent has already attempted
 | 
						||
   authentication at least once, then the user SHOULD be presented the
 | 
						||
   entity that was given in the response, since that entity might
 | 
						||
   include relevant diagnostic information. HTTP access authentication
 | 
						||
   is explained in "HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access
 | 
						||
   Authentication" [43].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.3 402 Payment Required
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This code is reserved for future use.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.4 403 Forbidden
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it.
 | 
						||
   Authorization will not help and the request SHOULD NOT be repeated.
 | 
						||
   If the request method was not HEAD and the server wishes to make
 | 
						||
   public why the request has not been fulfilled, it SHOULD describe the
 | 
						||
   reason for the refusal in the entity.  If the server does not wish to
 | 
						||
   make this information available to the client, the status code 404
 | 
						||
   (Not Found) can be used instead.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.5 404 Not Found
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server has not found anything matching the Request-URI. No
 | 
						||
   indication is given of whether the condition is temporary or
 | 
						||
   permanent. The 410 (Gone) status code SHOULD be used if the server
 | 
						||
   knows, through some internally configurable mechanism, that an old
 | 
						||
   resource is permanently unavailable and has no forwarding address.
 | 
						||
   This status code is commonly used when the server does not wish to
 | 
						||
   reveal exactly why the request has been refused, or when no other
 | 
						||
   response is applicable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.6 405 Method Not Allowed
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The method specified in the Request-Line is not allowed for the
 | 
						||
   resource identified by the Request-URI. The response MUST include an
 | 
						||
   Allow header containing a list of valid methods for the requested
 | 
						||
   resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 66]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.7 406 Not Acceptable
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The resource identified by the request is only capable of generating
 | 
						||
   response entities which have content characteristics not acceptable
 | 
						||
   according to the accept headers sent in the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
 | 
						||
   containing a list of available entity characteristics and location(s)
 | 
						||
   from which the user or user agent can choose the one most
 | 
						||
   appropriate. The entity format is specified by the media type given
 | 
						||
   in the Content-Type header field. Depending upon the format and the
 | 
						||
   capabilities of the user agent, selection of the most appropriate
 | 
						||
   choice MAY be performed automatically. However, this specification
 | 
						||
   does not define any standard for such automatic selection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: HTTP/1.1 servers are allowed to return responses which are
 | 
						||
      not acceptable according to the accept headers sent in the
 | 
						||
      request. In some cases, this may even be preferable to sending a
 | 
						||
      406 response. User agents are encouraged to inspect the headers of
 | 
						||
      an incoming response to determine if it is acceptable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the response could be unacceptable, a user agent SHOULD
 | 
						||
   temporarily stop receipt of more data and query the user for a
 | 
						||
   decision on further actions.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.8 407 Proxy Authentication Required
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This code is similar to 401 (Unauthorized), but indicates that the
 | 
						||
   client must first authenticate itself with the proxy. The proxy MUST
 | 
						||
   return a Proxy-Authenticate header field (section 14.33) containing a
 | 
						||
   challenge applicable to the proxy for the requested resource. The
 | 
						||
   client MAY repeat the request with a suitable Proxy-Authorization
 | 
						||
   header field (section 14.34). HTTP access authentication is explained
 | 
						||
   in "HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication"
 | 
						||
   [43].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.9 408 Request Timeout
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The client did not produce a request within the time that the server
 | 
						||
   was prepared to wait. The client MAY repeat the request without
 | 
						||
   modifications at any later time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.10 409 Conflict
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The request could not be completed due to a conflict with the current
 | 
						||
   state of the resource. This code is only allowed in situations where
 | 
						||
   it is expected that the user might be able to resolve the conflict
 | 
						||
   and resubmit the request. The response body SHOULD include enough
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 67]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   information for the user to recognize the source of the conflict.
 | 
						||
   Ideally, the response entity would include enough information for the
 | 
						||
   user or user agent to fix the problem; however, that might not be
 | 
						||
   possible and is not required.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Conflicts are most likely to occur in response to a PUT request. For
 | 
						||
   example, if versioning were being used and the entity being PUT
 | 
						||
   included changes to a resource which conflict with those made by an
 | 
						||
   earlier (third-party) request, the server might use the 409 response
 | 
						||
   to indicate that it can't complete the request. In this case, the
 | 
						||
   response entity would likely contain a list of the differences
 | 
						||
   between the two versions in a format defined by the response
 | 
						||
   Content-Type.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.11 410 Gone
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requested resource is no longer available at the server and no
 | 
						||
   forwarding address is known. This condition is expected to be
 | 
						||
   considered permanent. Clients with link editing capabilities SHOULD
 | 
						||
   delete references to the Request-URI after user approval. If the
 | 
						||
   server does not know, or has no facility to determine, whether or not
 | 
						||
   the condition is permanent, the status code 404 (Not Found) SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   used instead. This response is cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The 410 response is primarily intended to assist the task of web
 | 
						||
   maintenance by notifying the recipient that the resource is
 | 
						||
   intentionally unavailable and that the server owners desire that
 | 
						||
   remote links to that resource be removed. Such an event is common for
 | 
						||
   limited-time, promotional services and for resources belonging to
 | 
						||
   individuals no longer working at the server's site. It is not
 | 
						||
   necessary to mark all permanently unavailable resources as "gone" or
 | 
						||
   to keep the mark for any length of time -- that is left to the
 | 
						||
   discretion of the server owner.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.12 411 Length Required
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server refuses to accept the request without a defined Content-
 | 
						||
   Length. The client MAY repeat the request if it adds a valid
 | 
						||
   Content-Length header field containing the length of the message-body
 | 
						||
   in the request message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.13 412 Precondition Failed
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields
 | 
						||
   evaluated to false when it was tested on the server. This response
 | 
						||
   code allows the client to place preconditions on the current resource
 | 
						||
   metainformation (header field data) and thus prevent the requested
 | 
						||
   method from being applied to a resource other than the one intended.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 68]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.14 413 Request Entity Too Large
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server is refusing to process a request because the request
 | 
						||
   entity is larger than the server is willing or able to process. The
 | 
						||
   server MAY close the connection to prevent the client from continuing
 | 
						||
   the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the condition is temporary, the server SHOULD include a Retry-
 | 
						||
   After header field to indicate that it is temporary and after what
 | 
						||
   time the client MAY try again.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.15 414 Request-URI Too Long
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server is refusing to service the request because the Request-URI
 | 
						||
   is longer than the server is willing to interpret. This rare
 | 
						||
   condition is only likely to occur when a client has improperly
 | 
						||
   converted a POST request to a GET request with long query
 | 
						||
   information, when the client has descended into a URI "black hole" of
 | 
						||
   redirection (e.g., a redirected URI prefix that points to a suffix of
 | 
						||
   itself), or when the server is under attack by a client attempting to
 | 
						||
   exploit security holes present in some servers using fixed-length
 | 
						||
   buffers for reading or manipulating the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.16 415 Unsupported Media Type
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server is refusing to service the request because the entity of
 | 
						||
   the request is in a format not supported by the requested resource
 | 
						||
   for the requested method.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.17 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server SHOULD return a response with this status code if a request
 | 
						||
   included a Range request-header field (section 14.35), and none of
 | 
						||
   the range-specifier values in this field overlap the current extent
 | 
						||
   of the selected resource, and the request did not include an If-Range
 | 
						||
   request-header field. (For byte-ranges, this means that the first-
 | 
						||
   byte-pos of all of the byte-range-spec values were greater than the
 | 
						||
   current length of the selected resource.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When this status code is returned for a byte-range request, the
 | 
						||
   response SHOULD include a Content-Range entity-header field
 | 
						||
   specifying the current length of the selected resource (see section
 | 
						||
   14.16). This response MUST NOT use the multipart/byteranges content-
 | 
						||
   type.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 69]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.4.18 417 Expectation Failed
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The expectation given in an Expect request-header field (see section
 | 
						||
   14.20) could not be met by this server, or, if the server is a proxy,
 | 
						||
   the server has unambiguous evidence that the request could not be met
 | 
						||
   by the next-hop server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5 Server Error 5xx
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Response status codes beginning with the digit "5" indicate cases in
 | 
						||
   which the server is aware that it has erred or is incapable of
 | 
						||
   performing the request. Except when responding to a HEAD request, the
 | 
						||
   server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
 | 
						||
   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
 | 
						||
   condition. User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the
 | 
						||
   user. These response codes are applicable to any request method.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.1 500 Internal Server Error
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server encountered an unexpected condition which prevented it
 | 
						||
   from fulfilling the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.2 501 Not Implemented
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server does not support the functionality required to fulfill the
 | 
						||
   request. This is the appropriate response when the server does not
 | 
						||
   recognize the request method and is not capable of supporting it for
 | 
						||
   any resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.3 502 Bad Gateway
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid
 | 
						||
   response from the upstream server it accessed in attempting to
 | 
						||
   fulfill the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.4 503 Service Unavailable
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server is currently unable to handle the request due to a
 | 
						||
   temporary overloading or maintenance of the server. The implication
 | 
						||
   is that this is a temporary condition which will be alleviated after
 | 
						||
   some delay. If known, the length of the delay MAY be indicated in a
 | 
						||
   Retry-After header. If no Retry-After is given, the client SHOULD
 | 
						||
   handle the response as it would for a 500 response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The existence of the 503 status code does not imply that a
 | 
						||
      server must use it when becoming overloaded. Some servers may wish
 | 
						||
      to simply refuse the connection.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 70]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.5 504 Gateway Timeout
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a
 | 
						||
   timely response from the upstream server specified by the URI (e.g.
 | 
						||
   HTTP, FTP, LDAP) or some other auxiliary server (e.g. DNS) it needed
 | 
						||
   to access in attempting to complete the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Note to implementors: some deployed proxies are known to
 | 
						||
      return 400 or 500 when DNS lookups time out.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
10.5.6 505 HTTP Version Not Supported
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server does not support, or refuses to support, the HTTP protocol
 | 
						||
   version that was used in the request message. The server is
 | 
						||
   indicating that it is unable or unwilling to complete the request
 | 
						||
   using the same major version as the client, as described in section
 | 
						||
   3.1, other than with this error message. The response SHOULD contain
 | 
						||
   an entity describing why that version is not supported and what other
 | 
						||
   protocols are supported by that server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
11 Access Authentication
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP provides several OPTIONAL challenge-response authentication
 | 
						||
   mechanisms which can be used by a server to challenge a client
 | 
						||
   request and by a client to provide authentication information. The
 | 
						||
   general framework for access authentication, and the specification of
 | 
						||
   "basic" and "digest" authentication, are specified in "HTTP
 | 
						||
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" [43]. This
 | 
						||
   specification adopts the definitions of "challenge" and "credentials"
 | 
						||
   from that specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
12 Content Negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Most HTTP responses include an entity which contains information for
 | 
						||
   interpretation by a human user. Naturally, it is desirable to supply
 | 
						||
   the user with the "best available" entity corresponding to the
 | 
						||
   request. Unfortunately for servers and caches, not all users have the
 | 
						||
   same preferences for what is "best," and not all user agents are
 | 
						||
   equally capable of rendering all entity types. For that reason, HTTP
 | 
						||
   has provisions for several mechanisms for "content negotiation" --
 | 
						||
   the process of selecting the best representation for a given response
 | 
						||
   when there are multiple representations available.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: This is not called "format negotiation" because the
 | 
						||
      alternate representations may be of the same media type, but use
 | 
						||
      different capabilities of that type, be in different languages,
 | 
						||
      etc.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 71]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Any response containing an entity-body MAY be subject to negotiation,
 | 
						||
   including error responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   There are two kinds of content negotiation which are possible in
 | 
						||
   HTTP: server-driven and agent-driven negotiation. These two kinds of
 | 
						||
   negotiation are orthogonal and thus may be used separately or in
 | 
						||
   combination. One method of combination, referred to as transparent
 | 
						||
   negotiation, occurs when a cache uses the agent-driven negotiation
 | 
						||
   information provided by the origin server in order to provide
 | 
						||
   server-driven negotiation for subsequent requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
12.1 Server-driven Negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the selection of the best representation for a response is made by
 | 
						||
   an algorithm located at the server, it is called server-driven
 | 
						||
   negotiation. Selection is based on the available representations of
 | 
						||
   the response (the dimensions over which it can vary; e.g. language,
 | 
						||
   content-coding, etc.) and the contents of particular header fields in
 | 
						||
   the request message or on other information pertaining to the request
 | 
						||
   (such as the network address of the client).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Server-driven negotiation is advantageous when the algorithm for
 | 
						||
   selecting from among the available representations is difficult to
 | 
						||
   describe to the user agent, or when the server desires to send its
 | 
						||
   "best guess" to the client along with the first response (hoping to
 | 
						||
   avoid the round-trip delay of a subsequent request if the "best
 | 
						||
   guess" is good enough for the user). In order to improve the server's
 | 
						||
   guess, the user agent MAY include request header fields (Accept,
 | 
						||
   Accept-Language, Accept-Encoding, etc.) which describe its
 | 
						||
   preferences for such a response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Server-driven negotiation has disadvantages:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. It is impossible for the server to accurately determine what
 | 
						||
         might be "best" for any given user, since that would require
 | 
						||
         complete knowledge of both the capabilities of the user agent
 | 
						||
         and the intended use for the response (e.g., does the user want
 | 
						||
         to view it on screen or print it on paper?).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. Having the user agent describe its capabilities in every
 | 
						||
         request can be both very inefficient (given that only a small
 | 
						||
         percentage of responses have multiple representations) and a
 | 
						||
         potential violation of the user's privacy.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. It complicates the implementation of an origin server and the
 | 
						||
         algorithms for generating responses to a request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 72]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      4. It may limit a public cache's ability to use the same response
 | 
						||
         for multiple user's requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 includes the following request-header fields for enabling
 | 
						||
   server-driven negotiation through description of user agent
 | 
						||
   capabilities and user preferences: Accept (section 14.1), Accept-
 | 
						||
   Charset (section 14.2), Accept-Encoding (section 14.3), Accept-
 | 
						||
   Language (section 14.4), and User-Agent (section 14.43). However, an
 | 
						||
   origin server is not limited to these dimensions and MAY vary the
 | 
						||
   response based on any aspect of the request, including information
 | 
						||
   outside the request-header fields or within extension header fields
 | 
						||
   not defined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Vary  header field can be used to express the parameters the
 | 
						||
   server uses to select a representation that is subject to server-
 | 
						||
   driven negotiation. See section 13.6 for use of the Vary header field
 | 
						||
   by caches and section 14.44 for use of the Vary header field by
 | 
						||
   servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
12.2 Agent-driven Negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   With agent-driven negotiation, selection of the best representation
 | 
						||
   for a response is performed by the user agent after receiving an
 | 
						||
   initial response from the origin server. Selection is based on a list
 | 
						||
   of the available representations of the response included within the
 | 
						||
   header fields or entity-body of the initial response, with each
 | 
						||
   representation identified by its own URI. Selection from among the
 | 
						||
   representations may be performed automatically (if the user agent is
 | 
						||
   capable of doing so) or manually by the user selecting from a
 | 
						||
   generated (possibly hypertext) menu.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Agent-driven negotiation is advantageous when the response would vary
 | 
						||
   over commonly-used dimensions (such as type, language, or encoding),
 | 
						||
   when the origin server is unable to determine a user agent's
 | 
						||
   capabilities from examining the request, and generally when public
 | 
						||
   caches are used to distribute server load and reduce network usage.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Agent-driven negotiation suffers from the disadvantage of needing a
 | 
						||
   second request to obtain the best alternate representation. This
 | 
						||
   second request is only efficient when caching is used. In addition,
 | 
						||
   this specification does not define any mechanism for supporting
 | 
						||
   automatic selection, though it also does not prevent any such
 | 
						||
   mechanism from being developed as an extension and used within
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 73]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 defines the 300 (Multiple Choices) and 406 (Not Acceptable)
 | 
						||
   status codes for enabling agent-driven negotiation when the server is
 | 
						||
   unwilling or unable to provide a varying response using server-driven
 | 
						||
   negotiation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
12.3 Transparent Negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transparent negotiation is a combination of both server-driven and
 | 
						||
   agent-driven negotiation. When a cache is supplied with a form of the
 | 
						||
   list of available representations of the response (as in agent-driven
 | 
						||
   negotiation) and the dimensions of variance are completely understood
 | 
						||
   by the cache, then the cache becomes capable of performing server-
 | 
						||
   driven negotiation on behalf of the origin server for subsequent
 | 
						||
   requests on that resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transparent negotiation has the advantage of distributing the
 | 
						||
   negotiation work that would otherwise be required of the origin
 | 
						||
   server and also removing the second request delay of agent-driven
 | 
						||
   negotiation when the cache is able to correctly guess the right
 | 
						||
   response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification does not define any mechanism for transparent
 | 
						||
   negotiation, though it also does not prevent any such mechanism from
 | 
						||
   being developed as an extension that could be used within HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13 Caching in HTTP
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP is typically used for distributed information systems, where
 | 
						||
   performance can be improved by the use of response caches. The
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 protocol includes a number of elements intended to make
 | 
						||
   caching work as well as possible. Because these elements are
 | 
						||
   inextricable from other aspects of the protocol, and because they
 | 
						||
   interact with each other, it is useful to describe the basic caching
 | 
						||
   design of HTTP separately from the detailed descriptions of methods,
 | 
						||
   headers, response codes, etc.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Caching would be useless if it did not significantly improve
 | 
						||
   performance. The goal of caching in HTTP/1.1 is to eliminate the need
 | 
						||
   to send requests in many cases, and to eliminate the need to send
 | 
						||
   full responses in many other cases. The former reduces the number of
 | 
						||
   network round-trips required for many operations; we use an
 | 
						||
   "expiration" mechanism for this purpose (see section 13.2). The
 | 
						||
   latter reduces network bandwidth requirements; we use a "validation"
 | 
						||
   mechanism for this purpose (see section 13.3).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Requirements for performance, availability, and disconnected
 | 
						||
   operation require us to be able to relax the goal of semantic
 | 
						||
   transparency. The HTTP/1.1 protocol allows origin servers, caches,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 74]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   and clients to explicitly reduce transparency when necessary.
 | 
						||
   However, because non-transparent operation may confuse non-expert
 | 
						||
   users, and might be incompatible with certain server applications
 | 
						||
   (such as those for ordering merchandise), the protocol requires that
 | 
						||
   transparency be relaxed
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - only by an explicit protocol-level request when relaxed by
 | 
						||
        client or origin server
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - only with an explicit warning to the end user when relaxed by
 | 
						||
        cache or client
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Therefore, the HTTP/1.1 protocol provides these important elements:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. Protocol features that provide full semantic transparency when
 | 
						||
         this is required by all parties.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. Protocol features that allow an origin server or user agent to
 | 
						||
         explicitly request and control non-transparent operation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. Protocol features that allow a cache to attach warnings to
 | 
						||
         responses that do not preserve the requested approximation of
 | 
						||
         semantic transparency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A basic principle is that it must be possible for the clients to
 | 
						||
   detect any potential relaxation of semantic transparency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The server, cache, or client implementor might be faced with
 | 
						||
      design decisions not explicitly discussed in this specification.
 | 
						||
      If a decision might affect semantic transparency, the implementor
 | 
						||
      ought to err on the side of maintaining transparency unless a
 | 
						||
      careful and complete analysis shows significant benefits in
 | 
						||
      breaking transparency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.1 Cache Correctness
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A correct cache MUST respond to a request with the most up-to-date
 | 
						||
   response held by the cache that is appropriate to the request (see
 | 
						||
   sections 13.2.5, 13.2.6, and 13.12) which meets one of the following
 | 
						||
   conditions:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. It has been checked for equivalence with what the origin server
 | 
						||
         would have returned by revalidating the response with the
 | 
						||
         origin server (section 13.3);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 75]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. It is "fresh enough" (see section 13.2). In the default case,
 | 
						||
         this means it meets the least restrictive freshness requirement
 | 
						||
         of the client, origin server, and cache (see section 14.9); if
 | 
						||
         the origin server so specifies, it is the freshness requirement
 | 
						||
         of the origin server alone.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
         If a stored response is not "fresh enough" by the most
 | 
						||
         restrictive freshness requirement of both the client and the
 | 
						||
         origin server, in carefully considered circumstances the cache
 | 
						||
         MAY still return the response with the appropriate Warning
 | 
						||
         header (see section 13.1.5 and 14.46), unless such a response
 | 
						||
         is prohibited (e.g., by a "no-store" cache-directive, or by a
 | 
						||
         "no-cache" cache-request-directive; see section 14.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. It is an appropriate 304 (Not Modified), 305 (Proxy Redirect),
 | 
						||
         or error (4xx or 5xx) response message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the cache can not communicate with the origin server, then a
 | 
						||
   correct cache SHOULD respond as above if the response can be
 | 
						||
   correctly served from the cache; if not it MUST return an error or
 | 
						||
   warning indicating that there was a communication failure.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache receives a response (either an entire response, or a 304
 | 
						||
   (Not Modified) response) that it would normally forward to the
 | 
						||
   requesting client, and the received response is no longer fresh, the
 | 
						||
   cache SHOULD forward it to the requesting client without adding a new
 | 
						||
   Warning (but without removing any existing Warning headers). A cache
 | 
						||
   SHOULD NOT attempt to revalidate a response simply because that
 | 
						||
   response became stale in transit; this might lead to an infinite
 | 
						||
   loop. A user agent that receives a stale response without a Warning
 | 
						||
   MAY display a warning indication to the user.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.2 Warnings
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Whenever a cache returns a response that is neither first-hand nor
 | 
						||
   "fresh enough" (in the sense of condition 2 in section 13.1.1), it
 | 
						||
   MUST attach a warning to that effect, using a Warning general-header.
 | 
						||
   The Warning header and the currently defined warnings are described
 | 
						||
   in section 14.46. The warning allows clients to take appropriate
 | 
						||
   action.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warnings MAY be used for other purposes, both cache-related and
 | 
						||
   otherwise. The use of a warning, rather than an error status code,
 | 
						||
   distinguish these responses from true failures.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warnings are assigned three digit warn-codes. The first digit
 | 
						||
   indicates whether the Warning MUST or MUST NOT be deleted from a
 | 
						||
   stored cache entry after a successful revalidation:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 76]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   1xx  Warnings that describe the freshness or revalidation status of
 | 
						||
     the response, and so MUST be deleted after a successful
 | 
						||
     revalidation. 1XX warn-codes MAY be generated by a cache only when
 | 
						||
     validating a cached entry. It MUST NOT be generated by clients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   2xx  Warnings that describe some aspect of the entity body or entity
 | 
						||
     headers that is not rectified by a revalidation (for example, a
 | 
						||
     lossy compression of the entity bodies) and which MUST NOT be
 | 
						||
     deleted after a successful revalidation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 14.46 for the definitions of the codes themselves.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.0 caches will cache all Warnings in responses, without
 | 
						||
   deleting the ones in the first category. Warnings in responses that
 | 
						||
   are passed to HTTP/1.0 caches carry an extra warning-date field,
 | 
						||
   which prevents a future HTTP/1.1 recipient from believing an
 | 
						||
   erroneously cached Warning.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warnings also carry a warning text. The text MAY be in any
 | 
						||
   appropriate natural language (perhaps based on the client's Accept
 | 
						||
   headers), and include an OPTIONAL indication of what character set is
 | 
						||
   used.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Multiple warnings MAY be attached to a response (either by the origin
 | 
						||
   server or by a cache), including multiple warnings with the same code
 | 
						||
   number. For example, a server might provide the same warning with
 | 
						||
   texts in both English and Basque.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When multiple warnings are attached to a response, it might not be
 | 
						||
   practical or reasonable to display all of them to the user. This
 | 
						||
   version of HTTP does not specify strict priority rules for deciding
 | 
						||
   which warnings to display and in what order, but does suggest some
 | 
						||
   heuristics.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.3 Cache-control Mechanisms
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The basic cache mechanisms in HTTP/1.1 (server-specified expiration
 | 
						||
   times and validators) are implicit directives to caches. In some
 | 
						||
   cases, a server or client might need to provide explicit directives
 | 
						||
   to the HTTP caches. We use the Cache-Control header for this purpose.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Cache-Control header allows a client or server to transmit a
 | 
						||
   variety of directives in either requests or responses. These
 | 
						||
   directives typically override the default caching algorithms. As a
 | 
						||
   general rule, if there is any apparent conflict between header
 | 
						||
   values, the most restrictive interpretation is applied (that is, the
 | 
						||
   one that is most likely to preserve semantic transparency). However,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 77]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   in some cases, cache-control directives are explicitly specified as
 | 
						||
   weakening the approximation of semantic transparency (for example,
 | 
						||
   "max-stale" or "public").
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The cache-control directives are described in detail in section 14.9.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.4 Explicit User Agent Warnings
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Many user agents make it possible for users to override the basic
 | 
						||
   caching mechanisms. For example, the user agent might allow the user
 | 
						||
   to specify that cached entities (even explicitly stale ones) are
 | 
						||
   never validated. Or the user agent might habitually add "Cache-
 | 
						||
   Control: max-stale=3600" to every request. The user agent SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   default to either non-transparent behavior, or behavior that results
 | 
						||
   in abnormally ineffective caching, but MAY be explicitly configured
 | 
						||
   to do so by an explicit action of the user.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the user has overridden the basic caching mechanisms, the user
 | 
						||
   agent SHOULD explicitly indicate to the user whenever this results in
 | 
						||
   the display of information that might not meet the server's
 | 
						||
   transparency requirements (in particular, if the displayed entity is
 | 
						||
   known to be stale). Since the protocol normally allows the user agent
 | 
						||
   to determine if responses are stale or not, this indication need only
 | 
						||
   be displayed when this actually happens. The indication need not be a
 | 
						||
   dialog box; it could be an icon (for example, a picture of a rotting
 | 
						||
   fish) or some other indicator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the user has overridden the caching mechanisms in a way that would
 | 
						||
   abnormally reduce the effectiveness of caches, the user agent SHOULD
 | 
						||
   continually indicate this state to the user (for example, by a
 | 
						||
   display of a picture of currency in flames) so that the user does not
 | 
						||
   inadvertently consume excess resources or suffer from excessive
 | 
						||
   latency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.5 Exceptions to the Rules and Warnings
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In some cases, the operator of a cache MAY choose to configure it to
 | 
						||
   return stale responses even when not requested by clients. This
 | 
						||
   decision ought not be made lightly, but may be necessary for reasons
 | 
						||
   of availability or performance, especially when the cache is poorly
 | 
						||
   connected to the origin server. Whenever a cache returns a stale
 | 
						||
   response, it MUST mark it as such (using a Warning header) enabling
 | 
						||
   the client software to alert the user that there might be a potential
 | 
						||
   problem.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 78]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   It also allows the user agent to take steps to obtain a first-hand or
 | 
						||
   fresh response. For this reason, a cache SHOULD NOT return a stale
 | 
						||
   response if the client explicitly requests a first-hand or fresh one,
 | 
						||
   unless it is impossible to comply for technical or policy reasons.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.1.6 Client-controlled Behavior
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   While the origin server (and to a lesser extent, intermediate caches,
 | 
						||
   by their contribution to the age of a response) are the primary
 | 
						||
   source of expiration information, in some cases the client might need
 | 
						||
   to control a cache's decision about whether to return a cached
 | 
						||
   response without validating it. Clients do this using several
 | 
						||
   directives of the Cache-Control header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client's request MAY specify the maximum age it is willing to
 | 
						||
   accept of an unvalidated response; specifying a value of zero forces
 | 
						||
   the cache(s) to revalidate all responses. A client MAY also specify
 | 
						||
   the minimum time remaining before a response expires. Both of these
 | 
						||
   options increase constraints on the behavior of caches, and so cannot
 | 
						||
   further relax the cache's approximation of semantic transparency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client MAY also specify that it will accept stale responses, up to
 | 
						||
   some maximum amount of staleness. This loosens the constraints on the
 | 
						||
   caches, and so might violate the origin server's specified
 | 
						||
   constraints on semantic transparency, but might be necessary to
 | 
						||
   support disconnected operation, or high availability in the face of
 | 
						||
   poor connectivity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2 Expiration Model
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.1 Server-Specified Expiration
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP caching works best when caches can entirely avoid making
 | 
						||
   requests to the origin server. The primary mechanism for avoiding
 | 
						||
   requests is for an origin server to provide an explicit expiration
 | 
						||
   time in the future, indicating that a response MAY be used to satisfy
 | 
						||
   subsequent requests. In other words, a cache can return a fresh
 | 
						||
   response without first contacting the server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Our expectation is that servers will assign future explicit
 | 
						||
   expiration times to responses in the belief that the entity is not
 | 
						||
   likely to change, in a semantically significant way, before the
 | 
						||
   expiration time is reached. This normally preserves semantic
 | 
						||
   transparency, as long as the server's expiration times are carefully
 | 
						||
   chosen.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 79]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The expiration mechanism applies only to responses taken from a cache
 | 
						||
   and not to first-hand responses forwarded immediately to the
 | 
						||
   requesting client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an origin server wishes to force a semantically transparent cache
 | 
						||
   to validate every request, it MAY assign an explicit expiration time
 | 
						||
   in the past. This means that the response is always stale, and so the
 | 
						||
   cache SHOULD validate it before using it for subsequent requests. See
 | 
						||
   section 14.9.4 for a more restrictive way to force revalidation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an origin server wishes to force any HTTP/1.1 cache, no matter how
 | 
						||
   it is configured, to validate every request, it SHOULD use the "must-
 | 
						||
   revalidate" cache-control directive (see section 14.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Servers specify explicit expiration times using either the Expires
 | 
						||
   header, or the max-age directive of the Cache-Control header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An expiration time cannot be used to force a user agent to refresh
 | 
						||
   its display or reload a resource; its semantics apply only to caching
 | 
						||
   mechanisms, and such mechanisms need only check a resource's
 | 
						||
   expiration status when a new request for that resource is initiated.
 | 
						||
   See section 13.13 for an explanation of the difference between caches
 | 
						||
   and history mechanisms.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.2 Heuristic Expiration
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Since origin servers do not always provide explicit expiration times,
 | 
						||
   HTTP caches typically assign heuristic expiration times, employing
 | 
						||
   algorithms that use other header values (such as the Last-Modified
 | 
						||
   time) to estimate a plausible expiration time. The HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
   specification does not provide specific algorithms, but does impose
 | 
						||
   worst-case constraints on their results. Since heuristic expiration
 | 
						||
   times might compromise semantic transparency, they ought to used
 | 
						||
   cautiously, and we encourage origin servers to provide explicit
 | 
						||
   expiration times as much as possible.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.3 Age Calculations
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In order to know if a cached entry is fresh, a cache needs to know if
 | 
						||
   its age exceeds its freshness lifetime. We discuss how to calculate
 | 
						||
   the latter in section 13.2.4; this section describes how to calculate
 | 
						||
   the age of a response or cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In this discussion, we use the term "now" to mean "the current value
 | 
						||
   of the clock at the host performing the calculation." Hosts that use
 | 
						||
   HTTP, but especially hosts running origin servers and caches, SHOULD
 | 
						||
   use NTP [28] or some similar protocol to synchronize their clocks to
 | 
						||
   a globally accurate time standard.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 80]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 requires origin servers to send a Date header, if possible,
 | 
						||
   with every response, giving the time at which the response was
 | 
						||
   generated (see section 14.18). We use the term "date_value" to denote
 | 
						||
   the value of the Date header, in a form appropriate for arithmetic
 | 
						||
   operations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 uses the Age response-header to convey the estimated age of
 | 
						||
   the response message when obtained from a cache. The Age field value
 | 
						||
   is the cache's estimate of the amount of time since the response was
 | 
						||
   generated or revalidated by the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In essence, the Age value is the sum of the time that the response
 | 
						||
   has been resident in each of the caches along the path from the
 | 
						||
   origin server, plus the amount of time it has been in transit along
 | 
						||
   network paths.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   We use the term "age_value" to denote the value of the Age header, in
 | 
						||
   a form appropriate for arithmetic operations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response's age can be calculated in two entirely independent ways:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. now minus date_value, if the local clock is reasonably well
 | 
						||
         synchronized to the origin server's clock. If the result is
 | 
						||
         negative, the result is replaced by zero.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. age_value, if all of the caches along the response path
 | 
						||
         implement HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Given that we have two independent ways to compute the age of a
 | 
						||
   response when it is received, we can combine these as
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       corrected_received_age = max(now - date_value, age_value)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   and as long as we have either nearly synchronized clocks or all-
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 paths, one gets a reliable (conservative) result.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because of network-imposed delays, some significant interval might
 | 
						||
   pass between the time that a server generates a response and the time
 | 
						||
   it is received at the next outbound cache or client. If uncorrected,
 | 
						||
   this delay could result in improperly low ages.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because the request that resulted in the returned Age value must have
 | 
						||
   been initiated prior to that Age value's generation, we can correct
 | 
						||
   for delays imposed by the network by recording the time at which the
 | 
						||
   request was initiated. Then, when an Age value is received, it MUST
 | 
						||
   be interpreted relative to the time the request was initiated, not
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 81]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   the time that the response was received. This algorithm results in
 | 
						||
   conservative behavior no matter how much delay is experienced. So, we
 | 
						||
   compute:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age
 | 
						||
                            + (now - request_time)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   where "request_time" is the time (according to the local clock) when
 | 
						||
   the request that elicited this response was sent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Summary of age calculation algorithm, when a cache receives a
 | 
						||
   response:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      /*
 | 
						||
       * age_value
 | 
						||
       *      is the value of Age: header received by the cache with
 | 
						||
       *              this response.
 | 
						||
       * date_value
 | 
						||
       *      is the value of the origin server's Date: header
 | 
						||
       * request_time
 | 
						||
       *      is the (local) time when the cache made the request
 | 
						||
       *              that resulted in this cached response
 | 
						||
       * response_time
 | 
						||
       *      is the (local) time when the cache received the
 | 
						||
       *              response
 | 
						||
       * now
 | 
						||
       *      is the current (local) time
 | 
						||
       */
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      apparent_age = max(0, response_time - date_value);
 | 
						||
      corrected_received_age = max(apparent_age, age_value);
 | 
						||
      response_delay = response_time - request_time;
 | 
						||
      corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age + response_delay;
 | 
						||
      resident_time = now - response_time;
 | 
						||
      current_age   = corrected_initial_age + resident_time;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The current_age of a cache entry is calculated by adding the amount
 | 
						||
   of time (in seconds) since the cache entry was last validated by the
 | 
						||
   origin server to the corrected_initial_age. When a response is
 | 
						||
   generated from a cache entry, the cache MUST include a single Age
 | 
						||
   header field in the response with a value equal to the cache entry's
 | 
						||
   current_age.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The presence of an Age header field in a response implies that a
 | 
						||
   response is not first-hand. However, the converse is not true, since
 | 
						||
   the lack of an Age header field in a response does not imply that the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 82]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   response is first-hand unless all caches along the request path are
 | 
						||
   compliant with HTTP/1.1 (i.e., older HTTP caches did not implement
 | 
						||
   the Age header field).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.4 Expiration Calculations
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In order to decide whether a response is fresh or stale, we need to
 | 
						||
   compare its freshness lifetime to its age. The age is calculated as
 | 
						||
   described in section 13.2.3; this section describes how to calculate
 | 
						||
   the freshness lifetime, and to determine if a response has expired.
 | 
						||
   In the discussion below, the values can be represented in any form
 | 
						||
   appropriate for arithmetic operations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   We use the term "expires_value" to denote the value of the Expires
 | 
						||
   header. We use the term "max_age_value" to denote an appropriate
 | 
						||
   value of the number of seconds carried by the "max-age" directive of
 | 
						||
   the Cache-Control header in a response (see section 14.9.3).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The max-age directive takes priority over Expires, so if max-age is
 | 
						||
   present in a response, the calculation is simply:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      freshness_lifetime = max_age_value
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Otherwise, if Expires is present in the response, the calculation is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      freshness_lifetime = expires_value - date_value
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that neither of these calculations is vulnerable to clock skew,
 | 
						||
   since all of the information comes from the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If none of Expires, Cache-Control: max-age, or Cache-Control: s-
 | 
						||
   maxage (see section 14.9.3) appears in the response, and the response
 | 
						||
   does not include other restrictions on caching, the cache MAY compute
 | 
						||
   a freshness lifetime using a heuristic. The cache MUST attach Warning
 | 
						||
   113 to any response whose age is more than 24 hours if such warning
 | 
						||
   has not already been added.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Also, if the response does have a Last-Modified time, the heuristic
 | 
						||
   expiration value SHOULD be no more than some fraction of the interval
 | 
						||
   since that time. A typical setting of this fraction might be 10%.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The calculation to determine if a response has expired is quite
 | 
						||
   simple:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      response_is_fresh = (freshness_lifetime > current_age)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 83]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.5 Disambiguating Expiration Values
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because expiration values are assigned optimistically, it is possible
 | 
						||
   for two caches to contain fresh values for the same resource that are
 | 
						||
   different.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a client performing a retrieval receives a non-first-hand response
 | 
						||
   for a request that was already fresh in its own cache, and the Date
 | 
						||
   header in its existing cache entry is newer than the Date on the new
 | 
						||
   response, then the client MAY ignore the response. If so, it MAY
 | 
						||
   retry the request with a "Cache-Control: max-age=0" directive (see
 | 
						||
   section 14.9), to force a check with the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache has two fresh responses for the same representation with
 | 
						||
   different validators, it MUST use the one with the more recent Date
 | 
						||
   header. This situation might arise because the cache is pooling
 | 
						||
   responses from other caches, or because a client has asked for a
 | 
						||
   reload or a revalidation of an apparently fresh cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.2.6 Disambiguating Multiple Responses
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because a client might be receiving responses via multiple paths, so
 | 
						||
   that some responses flow through one set of caches and other
 | 
						||
   responses flow through a different set of caches, a client might
 | 
						||
   receive responses in an order different from that in which the origin
 | 
						||
   server sent them. We would like the client to use the most recently
 | 
						||
   generated response, even if older responses are still apparently
 | 
						||
   fresh.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Neither the entity tag nor the expiration value can impose an
 | 
						||
   ordering on responses, since it is possible that a later response
 | 
						||
   intentionally carries an earlier expiration time. The Date values are
 | 
						||
   ordered to a granularity of one second.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a client tries to revalidate a cache entry, and the response it
 | 
						||
   receives contains a Date header that appears to be older than the one
 | 
						||
   for the existing entry, then the client SHOULD repeat the request
 | 
						||
   unconditionally, and include
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Cache-Control: max-age=0
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   to force any intermediate caches to validate their copies directly
 | 
						||
   with the origin server, or
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Cache-Control: no-cache
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   to force any intermediate caches to obtain a new copy from the origin
 | 
						||
   server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 84]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the Date values are equal, then the client MAY use either response
 | 
						||
   (or MAY, if it is being extremely prudent, request a new response).
 | 
						||
   Servers MUST NOT depend on clients being able to choose
 | 
						||
   deterministically between responses generated during the same second,
 | 
						||
   if their expiration times overlap.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3 Validation Model
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a cache has a stale entry that it would like to use as a
 | 
						||
   response to a client's request, it first has to check with the origin
 | 
						||
   server (or possibly an intermediate cache with a fresh response) to
 | 
						||
   see if its cached entry is still usable. We call this "validating"
 | 
						||
   the cache entry. Since we do not want to have to pay the overhead of
 | 
						||
   retransmitting the full response if the cached entry is good, and we
 | 
						||
   do not want to pay the overhead of an extra round trip if the cached
 | 
						||
   entry is invalid, the HTTP/1.1 protocol supports the use of
 | 
						||
   conditional methods.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The key protocol features for supporting conditional methods are
 | 
						||
   those concerned with "cache validators." When an origin server
 | 
						||
   generates a full response, it attaches some sort of validator to it,
 | 
						||
   which is kept with the cache entry. When a client (user agent or
 | 
						||
   proxy cache) makes a conditional request for a resource for which it
 | 
						||
   has a cache entry, it includes the associated validator in the
 | 
						||
   request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The server then checks that validator against the current validator
 | 
						||
   for the entity, and, if they match (see section 13.3.3), it responds
 | 
						||
   with a special status code (usually, 304 (Not Modified)) and no
 | 
						||
   entity-body. Otherwise, it returns a full response (including
 | 
						||
   entity-body). Thus, we avoid transmitting the full response if the
 | 
						||
   validator matches, and we avoid an extra round trip if it does not
 | 
						||
   match.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In HTTP/1.1, a conditional request looks exactly the same as a normal
 | 
						||
   request for the same resource, except that it carries a special
 | 
						||
   header (which includes the validator) that implicitly turns the
 | 
						||
   method (usually, GET) into a conditional.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The protocol includes both positive and negative senses of cache-
 | 
						||
   validating conditions. That is, it is possible to request either that
 | 
						||
   a method be performed if and only if a validator matches or if and
 | 
						||
   only if no validators match.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 85]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: a response that lacks a validator may still be cached, and
 | 
						||
      served from cache until it expires, unless this is explicitly
 | 
						||
      prohibited by a cache-control directive. However, a cache cannot
 | 
						||
      do a conditional retrieval if it does not have a validator for the
 | 
						||
      entity, which means it will not be refreshable after it expires.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3.1 Last-Modified Dates
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Last-Modified entity-header field value is often used as a cache
 | 
						||
   validator. In simple terms, a cache entry is considered to be valid
 | 
						||
   if the entity has not been modified since the Last-Modified value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3.2 Entity Tag Cache Validators
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The ETag response-header field value, an entity tag, provides for an
 | 
						||
   "opaque" cache validator. This might allow more reliable validation
 | 
						||
   in situations where it is inconvenient to store modification dates,
 | 
						||
   where the one-second resolution of HTTP date values is not
 | 
						||
   sufficient, or where the origin server wishes to avoid certain
 | 
						||
   paradoxes that might arise from the use of modification dates.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Entity Tags are described in section 3.11. The headers used with
 | 
						||
   entity tags are described in sections 14.19, 14.24, 14.26 and 14.44.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3.3 Weak and Strong Validators
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Since both origin servers and caches will compare two validators to
 | 
						||
   decide if they represent the same or different entities, one normally
 | 
						||
   would expect that if the entity (the entity-body or any entity-
 | 
						||
   headers) changes in any way, then the associated validator would
 | 
						||
   change as well. If this is true, then we call this validator a
 | 
						||
   "strong validator."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   However, there might be cases when a server prefers to change the
 | 
						||
   validator only on semantically significant changes, and not when
 | 
						||
   insignificant aspects of the entity change. A validator that does not
 | 
						||
   always change when the resource changes is a "weak validator."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Entity tags are normally "strong validators," but the protocol
 | 
						||
   provides a mechanism to tag an entity tag as "weak." One can think of
 | 
						||
   a strong validator as one that changes whenever the bits of an entity
 | 
						||
   changes, while a weak value changes whenever the meaning of an entity
 | 
						||
   changes. Alternatively, one can think of a strong validator as part
 | 
						||
   of an identifier for a specific entity, while a weak validator is
 | 
						||
   part of an identifier for a set of semantically equivalent entities.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: One example of a strong validator is an integer that is
 | 
						||
      incremented in stable storage every time an entity is changed.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 86]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      An entity's modification time, if represented with one-second
 | 
						||
      resolution, could be a weak validator, since it is possible that
 | 
						||
      the resource might be modified twice during a single second.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Support for weak validators is optional. However, weak validators
 | 
						||
      allow for more efficient caching of equivalent objects; for
 | 
						||
      example, a hit counter on a site is probably good enough if it is
 | 
						||
      updated every few days or weeks, and any value during that period
 | 
						||
      is likely "good enough" to be equivalent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A "use" of a validator is either when a client generates a request
 | 
						||
   and includes the validator in a validating header field, or when a
 | 
						||
   server compares two validators.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Strong validators are usable in any context. Weak validators are only
 | 
						||
   usable in contexts that do not depend on exact equality of an entity.
 | 
						||
   For example, either kind is usable for a conditional GET of a full
 | 
						||
   entity. However, only a strong validator is usable for a sub-range
 | 
						||
   retrieval, since otherwise the client might end up with an internally
 | 
						||
   inconsistent entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients MAY issue simple (non-subrange) GET requests with either weak
 | 
						||
   validators or strong validators. Clients MUST NOT use weak validators
 | 
						||
   in other forms of request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The only function that the HTTP/1.1 protocol defines on validators is
 | 
						||
   comparison. There are two validator comparison functions, depending
 | 
						||
   on whether the comparison context allows the use of weak validators
 | 
						||
   or not:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The strong comparison function: in order to be considered equal,
 | 
						||
        both validators MUST be identical in every way, and both MUST
 | 
						||
        NOT be weak.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The weak comparison function: in order to be considered equal,
 | 
						||
        both validators MUST be identical in every way, but either or
 | 
						||
        both of them MAY be tagged as "weak" without affecting the
 | 
						||
        result.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An entity tag is strong unless it is explicitly tagged as weak.
 | 
						||
   Section 3.11 gives the syntax for entity tags.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A Last-Modified time, when used as a validator in a request, is
 | 
						||
   implicitly weak unless it is possible to deduce that it is strong,
 | 
						||
   using the following rules:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The validator is being compared by an origin server to the
 | 
						||
        actual current validator for the entity and,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 87]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - That origin server reliably knows that the associated entity did
 | 
						||
        not change twice during the second covered by the presented
 | 
						||
        validator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   or
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The validator is about to be used by a client in an If-
 | 
						||
        Modified-Since or If-Unmodified-Since header, because the client
 | 
						||
        has a cache entry for the associated entity, and
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time
 | 
						||
        when the origin server sent the original response, and
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before
 | 
						||
        the Date value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   or
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The validator is being compared by an intermediate cache to the
 | 
						||
        validator stored in its cache entry for the entity, and
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time
 | 
						||
        when the origin server sent the original response, and
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before
 | 
						||
        the Date value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This method relies on the fact that if two different responses were
 | 
						||
   sent by the origin server during the same second, but both had the
 | 
						||
   same Last-Modified time, then at least one of those responses would
 | 
						||
   have a Date value equal to its Last-Modified time. The arbitrary 60-
 | 
						||
   second limit guards against the possibility that the Date and Last-
 | 
						||
   Modified values are generated from different clocks, or at somewhat
 | 
						||
   different times during the preparation of the response. An
 | 
						||
   implementation MAY use a value larger than 60 seconds, if it is
 | 
						||
   believed that 60 seconds is too short.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a client wishes to perform a sub-range retrieval on a value for
 | 
						||
   which it has only a Last-Modified time and no opaque validator, it
 | 
						||
   MAY do this only if the Last-Modified time is strong in the sense
 | 
						||
   described here.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache or origin server receiving a conditional request, other than
 | 
						||
   a full-body GET request, MUST use the strong comparison function to
 | 
						||
   evaluate the condition.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   These rules allow HTTP/1.1 caches and clients to safely perform sub-
 | 
						||
   range retrievals on values that have been obtained from HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 88]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3.4 Rules for When to Use Entity Tags and Last-Modified Dates
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   We adopt a set of rules and recommendations for origin servers,
 | 
						||
   clients, and caches regarding when various validator types ought to
 | 
						||
   be used, and for what purposes.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 origin servers:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - SHOULD send an entity tag validator unless it is not feasible to
 | 
						||
        generate one.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - MAY send a weak entity tag instead of a strong entity tag, if
 | 
						||
        performance considerations support the use of weak entity tags,
 | 
						||
        or if it is unfeasible to send a strong entity tag.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - SHOULD send a Last-Modified value if it is feasible to send one,
 | 
						||
        unless the risk of a breakdown in semantic transparency that
 | 
						||
        could result from using this date in an If-Modified-Since header
 | 
						||
        would lead to serious problems.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In other words, the preferred behavior for an HTTP/1.1 origin server
 | 
						||
   is to send both a strong entity tag and a Last-Modified value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In order to be legal, a strong entity tag MUST change whenever the
 | 
						||
   associated entity value changes in any way. A weak entity tag SHOULD
 | 
						||
   change whenever the associated entity changes in a semantically
 | 
						||
   significant way.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: in order to provide semantically transparent caching, an
 | 
						||
      origin server must avoid reusing a specific strong entity tag
 | 
						||
      value for two different entities, or reusing a specific weak
 | 
						||
      entity tag value for two semantically different entities. Cache
 | 
						||
      entries might persist for arbitrarily long periods, regardless of
 | 
						||
      expiration times, so it might be inappropriate to expect that a
 | 
						||
      cache will never again attempt to validate an entry using a
 | 
						||
      validator that it obtained at some point in the past.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 clients:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If an entity tag has been provided by the origin server, MUST
 | 
						||
        use that entity tag in any cache-conditional request (using If-
 | 
						||
        Match or If-None-Match).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by the origin
 | 
						||
        server, SHOULD use that value in non-subrange cache-conditional
 | 
						||
        requests (using If-Modified-Since).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 89]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by an HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
        origin server, MAY use that value in subrange cache-conditional
 | 
						||
        requests (using If-Unmodified-Since:). The user agent SHOULD
 | 
						||
        provide a way to disable this, in case of difficulty.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If both an entity tag and a Last-Modified value have been
 | 
						||
        provided by the origin server, SHOULD use both validators in
 | 
						||
        cache-conditional requests. This allows both HTTP/1.0 and
 | 
						||
        HTTP/1.1 caches to respond appropriately.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 origin server, upon receiving a conditional request that
 | 
						||
   includes both a Last-Modified date (e.g., in an If-Modified-Since or
 | 
						||
   If-Unmodified-Since header field) and one or more entity tags (e.g.,
 | 
						||
   in an If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Range header field) as cache
 | 
						||
   validators, MUST NOT return a response status of 304 (Not Modified)
 | 
						||
   unless doing so is consistent with all of the conditional header
 | 
						||
   fields in the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 caching proxy, upon receiving a conditional request that
 | 
						||
   includes both a Last-Modified date and one or more entity tags as
 | 
						||
   cache validators, MUST NOT return a locally cached response to the
 | 
						||
   client unless that cached response is consistent with all of the
 | 
						||
   conditional header fields in the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The general principle behind these rules is that HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
      servers and clients should transmit as much non-redundant
 | 
						||
      information as is available in their responses and requests.
 | 
						||
      HTTP/1.1 systems receiving this information will make the most
 | 
						||
      conservative assumptions about the validators they receive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      HTTP/1.0 clients and caches will ignore entity tags. Generally,
 | 
						||
      last-modified values received or used by these systems will
 | 
						||
      support transparent and efficient caching, and so HTTP/1.1 origin
 | 
						||
      servers should provide Last-Modified values. In those rare cases
 | 
						||
      where the use of a Last-Modified value as a validator by an
 | 
						||
      HTTP/1.0 system could result in a serious problem, then HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
      origin servers should not provide one.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.3.5 Non-validating Conditionals
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The principle behind entity tags is that only the service author
 | 
						||
   knows the semantics of a resource well enough to select an
 | 
						||
   appropriate cache validation mechanism, and the specification of any
 | 
						||
   validator comparison function more complex than byte-equality would
 | 
						||
   open up a can of worms. Thus, comparisons of any other headers
 | 
						||
   (except Last-Modified, for compatibility with HTTP/1.0) are never
 | 
						||
   used for purposes of validating a cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 90]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.4 Response Cacheability
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless specifically constrained by a cache-control (section 14.9)
 | 
						||
   directive, a caching system MAY always store a successful response
 | 
						||
   (see section 13.8) as a cache entry, MAY return it without validation
 | 
						||
   if it is fresh, and MAY return it after successful validation. If
 | 
						||
   there is neither a cache validator nor an explicit expiration time
 | 
						||
   associated with a response, we do not expect it to be cached, but
 | 
						||
   certain caches MAY violate this expectation (for example, when little
 | 
						||
   or no network connectivity is available). A client can usually detect
 | 
						||
   that such a response was taken from a cache by comparing the Date
 | 
						||
   header to the current time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: some HTTP/1.0 caches are known to violate this expectation
 | 
						||
      without providing any Warning.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   However, in some cases it might be inappropriate for a cache to
 | 
						||
   retain an entity, or to return it in response to a subsequent
 | 
						||
   request. This might be because absolute semantic transparency is
 | 
						||
   deemed necessary by the service author, or because of security or
 | 
						||
   privacy considerations. Certain cache-control directives are
 | 
						||
   therefore provided so that the server can indicate that certain
 | 
						||
   resource entities, or portions thereof, are not to be cached
 | 
						||
   regardless of other considerations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that section 14.8 normally prevents a shared cache from saving
 | 
						||
   and returning a response to a previous request if that request
 | 
						||
   included an Authorization header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response received with a status code of 200, 203, 206, 300, 301 or
 | 
						||
   410 MAY be stored by a cache and used in reply to a subsequent
 | 
						||
   request, subject to the expiration mechanism, unless a cache-control
 | 
						||
   directive prohibits caching. However, a cache that does not support
 | 
						||
   the Range and Content-Range headers MUST NOT cache 206 (Partial
 | 
						||
   Content) responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response received with any other status code (e.g. status codes 302
 | 
						||
   and 307) MUST NOT be returned in a reply to a subsequent request
 | 
						||
   unless there are cache-control directives or another header(s) that
 | 
						||
   explicitly allow it. For example, these include the following: an
 | 
						||
   Expires header (section 14.21); a "max-age", "s-maxage",  "must-
 | 
						||
   revalidate", "proxy-revalidate", "public" or "private" cache-control
 | 
						||
   directive (section 14.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 91]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.5 Constructing Responses From Caches
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The purpose of an HTTP cache is to store information received in
 | 
						||
   response to requests for use in responding to future requests. In
 | 
						||
   many cases, a cache simply returns the appropriate parts of a
 | 
						||
   response to the requester. However, if the cache holds a cache entry
 | 
						||
   based on a previous response, it might have to combine parts of a new
 | 
						||
   response with what is held in the cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.5.1 End-to-end and Hop-by-hop Headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For the purpose of defining the behavior of caches and non-caching
 | 
						||
   proxies, we divide HTTP headers into two categories:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - End-to-end headers, which are  transmitted to the ultimate
 | 
						||
        recipient of a request or response. End-to-end headers in
 | 
						||
        responses MUST be stored as part of a cache entry and MUST be
 | 
						||
        transmitted in any response formed from a cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Hop-by-hop headers, which are meaningful only for a single
 | 
						||
        transport-level connection, and are not stored by caches or
 | 
						||
        forwarded by proxies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The following HTTP/1.1 headers are hop-by-hop headers:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Connection
 | 
						||
      - Keep-Alive
 | 
						||
      - Proxy-Authenticate
 | 
						||
      - Proxy-Authorization
 | 
						||
      - TE
 | 
						||
      - Trailers
 | 
						||
      - Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
      - Upgrade
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All other headers defined by HTTP/1.1 are end-to-end headers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Other hop-by-hop headers MUST be listed in a Connection header,
 | 
						||
   (section 14.10) to be introduced into HTTP/1.1 (or later).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.5.2 Non-modifiable Headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some features of the HTTP/1.1 protocol, such as Digest
 | 
						||
   Authentication, depend on the value of certain end-to-end headers. A
 | 
						||
   transparent proxy SHOULD NOT modify an end-to-end header unless the
 | 
						||
   definition of that header requires or specifically allows that.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 92]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT modify any of the following fields in a
 | 
						||
   request or response, and it MUST NOT add any of these fields if not
 | 
						||
   already present:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Content-Location
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Content-MD5
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - ETag
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Last-Modified
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT modify any of the following fields in a
 | 
						||
   response:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Expires
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   but it MAY add any of these fields if not already present. If an
 | 
						||
   Expires header is added, it MUST be given a field-value identical to
 | 
						||
   that of the Date header in that response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A  proxy MUST NOT modify or add any of the following fields in a
 | 
						||
   message that contains the no-transform cache-control directive, or in
 | 
						||
   any request:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Content-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Content-Range
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Content-Type
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A non-transparent proxy MAY modify or add these fields to a message
 | 
						||
   that does not include no-transform, but if it does so, it MUST add a
 | 
						||
   Warning 214 (Transformation applied) if one does not already appear
 | 
						||
   in the message (see section 14.46).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Warning: unnecessary modification of end-to-end headers might
 | 
						||
      cause authentication failures if stronger authentication
 | 
						||
      mechanisms are introduced in later versions of HTTP. Such
 | 
						||
      authentication mechanisms MAY rely on the values of header fields
 | 
						||
      not listed here.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Length field of a request or response is added or deleted
 | 
						||
   according to the rules in section 4.4. A transparent proxy MUST
 | 
						||
   preserve the entity-length (section 7.2.2) of the entity-body,
 | 
						||
   although it MAY change the transfer-length (section 4.4).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 93]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.5.3 Combining Headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a cache makes a validating request to a server, and the server
 | 
						||
   provides a 304 (Not Modified) response or a 206 (Partial Content)
 | 
						||
   response, the cache then constructs a response to send to the
 | 
						||
   requesting client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the status code is 304 (Not Modified), the cache uses the entity-
 | 
						||
   body stored in the cache entry as the entity-body of this outgoing
 | 
						||
   response. If the status code is 206 (Partial Content) and the ETag or
 | 
						||
   Last-Modified headers match exactly, the cache MAY combine the
 | 
						||
   contents stored in the cache entry with the new contents received in
 | 
						||
   the response and use the result as the entity-body of this outgoing
 | 
						||
   response, (see 13.5.4).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The end-to-end headers stored in the cache entry are used for the
 | 
						||
   constructed response, except that
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - any stored Warning headers with warn-code 1xx (see section
 | 
						||
        14.46) MUST be deleted from the cache entry and the forwarded
 | 
						||
        response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - any stored Warning headers with warn-code 2xx MUST be retained
 | 
						||
        in the cache entry and the forwarded response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - any end-to-end headers provided in the 304 or 206 response MUST
 | 
						||
        replace the corresponding headers from the cache entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless the cache decides to remove the cache entry, it MUST also
 | 
						||
   replace the end-to-end headers stored with the cache entry with
 | 
						||
   corresponding headers received in the incoming response, except for
 | 
						||
   Warning headers as described immediately above. If a header field-
 | 
						||
   name in the incoming response matches more than one header in the
 | 
						||
   cache entry, all such old headers MUST be replaced.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In other words, the set of end-to-end headers received in the
 | 
						||
   incoming response overrides all corresponding end-to-end headers
 | 
						||
   stored with the cache entry (except for stored Warning headers with
 | 
						||
   warn-code 1xx, which are deleted even if not overridden).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: this rule allows an origin server to use a 304 (Not
 | 
						||
      Modified) or a 206 (Partial Content) response to update any header
 | 
						||
      associated with a previous response for the same entity or sub-
 | 
						||
      ranges thereof, although it might not always be meaningful or
 | 
						||
      correct to do so. This rule does not allow an origin server to use
 | 
						||
      a 304 (Not Modified) or a 206 (Partial Content) response to
 | 
						||
      entirely delete a header that it had provided with a previous
 | 
						||
      response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 94]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.5.4 Combining Byte Ranges
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response might transfer only a subrange of the bytes of an entity-
 | 
						||
   body, either because the request included one or more Range
 | 
						||
   specifications, or because a connection was broken prematurely. After
 | 
						||
   several such transfers, a cache might have received several ranges of
 | 
						||
   the same entity-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache has a stored non-empty set of subranges for an entity, and
 | 
						||
   an incoming response transfers another subrange, the cache MAY
 | 
						||
   combine the new subrange with the existing set if both the following
 | 
						||
   conditions are met:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Both the incoming response and the cache entry have a cache
 | 
						||
        validator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The two cache validators match using the strong comparison
 | 
						||
        function (see section 13.3.3).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If either requirement is not met, the cache MUST use only the most
 | 
						||
   recent partial response (based on the Date values transmitted with
 | 
						||
   every response, and using the incoming response if these values are
 | 
						||
   equal or missing), and MUST discard the other partial information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.6 Caching Negotiated Responses
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Use of server-driven content negotiation (section 12.1), as indicated
 | 
						||
   by the presence of a Vary header field in a response, alters the
 | 
						||
   conditions and procedure by which a cache can use the response for
 | 
						||
   subsequent requests. See section 14.44 for use of the Vary header
 | 
						||
   field by servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server SHOULD use the Vary header field to inform a cache of what
 | 
						||
   request-header fields were used to select among multiple
 | 
						||
   representations of a cacheable response subject to server-driven
 | 
						||
   negotiation. The set of header fields named by the Vary field value
 | 
						||
   is known as the "selecting" request-headers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When the cache receives a subsequent request whose Request-URI
 | 
						||
   specifies one or more cache entries including a Vary header field,
 | 
						||
   the cache MUST NOT use such a cache entry to construct a response to
 | 
						||
   the new request unless all of the selecting request-headers present
 | 
						||
   in the new request match the corresponding stored request-headers in
 | 
						||
   the original request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The selecting request-headers from two requests are defined to match
 | 
						||
   if and only if the selecting request-headers in the first request can
 | 
						||
   be transformed to the selecting request-headers in the second request
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 95]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   by adding or removing linear white space (LWS) at places where this
 | 
						||
   is allowed by the corresponding BNF, and/or combining multiple
 | 
						||
   message-header fields with the same field name following the rules
 | 
						||
   about message headers in section 4.2.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A Vary header field-value of "*" always fails to match and subsequent
 | 
						||
   requests on that resource can only be properly interpreted by the
 | 
						||
   origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the selecting request header fields for the cached entry do not
 | 
						||
   match the selecting request header fields of the new request, then
 | 
						||
   the cache MUST NOT use a cached entry to satisfy the request unless
 | 
						||
   it first relays the new request to the origin server in a conditional
 | 
						||
   request and the server responds with 304 (Not Modified), including an
 | 
						||
   entity tag or Content-Location that indicates the entity to be used.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an entity tag was assigned to a cached representation, the
 | 
						||
   forwarded request SHOULD be conditional and include the entity tags
 | 
						||
   in an If-None-Match header field from all its cache entries for the
 | 
						||
   resource. This conveys to the server the set of entities currently
 | 
						||
   held by the cache, so that if any one of these entities matches the
 | 
						||
   requested entity, the server can use the ETag header field in its 304
 | 
						||
   (Not Modified) response to tell the cache which entry is appropriate.
 | 
						||
   If the entity-tag of the new response matches that of an existing
 | 
						||
   entry, the new response SHOULD be used to update the header fields of
 | 
						||
   the existing entry, and the result MUST be returned to the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If any of the existing cache entries contains only partial content
 | 
						||
   for the associated entity, its entity-tag SHOULD NOT be included in
 | 
						||
   the If-None-Match header field unless the request is for a range that
 | 
						||
   would be fully satisfied by that entry.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache receives a successful response whose Content-Location
 | 
						||
   field matches that of an existing cache entry for the same Request-
 | 
						||
   ]URI, whose entity-tag differs from that of the existing entry, and
 | 
						||
   whose Date is more recent than that of the existing entry, the
 | 
						||
   existing entry SHOULD NOT be returned in response to future requests
 | 
						||
   and SHOULD be deleted from the cache.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.7 Shared and Non-Shared Caches
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For reasons of security and privacy, it is necessary to make a
 | 
						||
   distinction between "shared" and "non-shared" caches. A non-shared
 | 
						||
   cache is one that is accessible only to a single user. Accessibility
 | 
						||
   in this case SHOULD be enforced by appropriate security mechanisms.
 | 
						||
   All other caches are considered to be "shared." Other sections of
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 96]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   this specification place certain constraints on the operation of
 | 
						||
   shared caches in order to prevent loss of privacy or failure of
 | 
						||
   access controls.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.8 Errors or Incomplete Response Cache Behavior
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache that receives an incomplete response (for example, with fewer
 | 
						||
   bytes of data than specified in a Content-Length header) MAY store
 | 
						||
   the response. However, the cache MUST treat this as a partial
 | 
						||
   response. Partial responses MAY be combined as described in section
 | 
						||
   13.5.4; the result might be a full response or might still be
 | 
						||
   partial. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response to a client
 | 
						||
   without explicitly marking it as such, using the 206 (Partial
 | 
						||
   Content) status code. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response
 | 
						||
   using a status code of 200 (OK).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache receives a 5xx response while attempting to revalidate an
 | 
						||
   entry, it MAY either forward this response to the requesting client,
 | 
						||
   or act as if the server failed to respond. In the latter case, it MAY
 | 
						||
   return a previously received response unless the cached entry
 | 
						||
   includes the "must-revalidate" cache-control directive (see section
 | 
						||
   14.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.9 Side Effects of GET and HEAD
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unless the origin server explicitly prohibits the caching of their
 | 
						||
   responses, the application of GET and HEAD methods to any resources
 | 
						||
   SHOULD NOT have side effects that would lead to erroneous behavior if
 | 
						||
   these responses are taken from a cache. They MAY still have side
 | 
						||
   effects, but a cache is not required to consider such side effects in
 | 
						||
   its caching decisions. Caches are always expected to observe an
 | 
						||
   origin server's explicit restrictions on caching.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   We note one exception to this rule: since some applications have
 | 
						||
   traditionally used GETs and HEADs with query URLs (those containing a
 | 
						||
   "?" in the rel_path part) to perform operations with significant side
 | 
						||
   effects, caches MUST NOT treat responses to such URIs as fresh unless
 | 
						||
   the server provides an explicit expiration time. This specifically
 | 
						||
   means that responses from HTTP/1.0 servers for such URIs SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   be taken from a cache. See section 9.1.1 for related information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.10 Invalidation After Updates or Deletions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The effect of certain methods performed on a resource at the origin
 | 
						||
   server might cause one or more existing cache entries to become non-
 | 
						||
   transparently invalid. That is, although they might continue to be
 | 
						||
   "fresh," they do not accurately reflect what the origin server would
 | 
						||
   return for a new request on that resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 97]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   There is no way for the HTTP protocol to guarantee that all such
 | 
						||
   cache entries are marked invalid. For example, the request that
 | 
						||
   caused the change at the origin server might not have gone through
 | 
						||
   the proxy where a cache entry is stored. However, several rules help
 | 
						||
   reduce the likelihood of erroneous behavior.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In this section, the phrase "invalidate an entity" means that the
 | 
						||
   cache will either remove all instances of that entity from its
 | 
						||
   storage, or will mark these as "invalid" and in need of a mandatory
 | 
						||
   revalidation before they can be returned in response to a subsequent
 | 
						||
   request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some HTTP methods MUST cause a cache to invalidate an entity. This is
 | 
						||
   either the entity referred to by the Request-URI, or by the Location
 | 
						||
   or Content-Location headers (if present). These methods are:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - PUT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - DELETE
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - POST
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In order to prevent denial of service attacks, an invalidation based
 | 
						||
   on the URI in a Location or Content-Location header MUST only be
 | 
						||
   performed if the host part is the same as in the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache that passes through requests for methods it does not
 | 
						||
   understand SHOULD invalidate any entities referred to by the
 | 
						||
   Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.11 Write-Through Mandatory
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   All methods that might be expected to cause modifications to the
 | 
						||
   origin server's resources MUST be written through to the origin
 | 
						||
   server. This currently includes all methods except for GET and HEAD.
 | 
						||
   A cache MUST NOT reply to such a request from a client before having
 | 
						||
   transmitted the request to the inbound server, and having received a
 | 
						||
   corresponding response from the inbound server. This does not prevent
 | 
						||
   a proxy cache from sending a 100 (Continue) response before the
 | 
						||
   inbound server has sent its final reply.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The alternative (known as "write-back" or "copy-back" caching) is not
 | 
						||
   allowed in HTTP/1.1, due to the difficulty of providing consistent
 | 
						||
   updates and the problems arising from server, cache, or network
 | 
						||
   failure prior to write-back.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 98]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.12 Cache Replacement
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a new cacheable (see sections 14.9.2, 13.2.5, 13.2.6 and 13.8)
 | 
						||
   response is received from a resource while any existing responses for
 | 
						||
   the same resource are cached, the cache SHOULD use the new response
 | 
						||
   to reply to the current request. It MAY insert it into cache storage
 | 
						||
   and MAY, if it meets all other requirements, use it to respond to any
 | 
						||
   future requests that would previously have caused the old response to
 | 
						||
   be returned. If it inserts the new response into cache storage  the
 | 
						||
   rules in section 13.5.3 apply.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: a new response that has an older Date header value than
 | 
						||
      existing cached responses is not cacheable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
13.13 History Lists
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   User agents often have history mechanisms, such as "Back" buttons and
 | 
						||
   history lists, which can be used to redisplay an entity retrieved
 | 
						||
   earlier in a session.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   History mechanisms and caches are different. In particular history
 | 
						||
   mechanisms SHOULD NOT try to show a semantically transparent view of
 | 
						||
   the current state of a resource. Rather, a history mechanism is meant
 | 
						||
   to show exactly what the user saw at the time when the resource was
 | 
						||
   retrieved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   By default, an expiration time does not apply to history mechanisms.
 | 
						||
   If the entity is still in storage, a history mechanism SHOULD display
 | 
						||
   it even if the entity has expired, unless the user has specifically
 | 
						||
   configured the agent to refresh expired history documents.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This is not to be construed to prohibit the history mechanism from
 | 
						||
   telling the user that a view might be stale.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: if history list mechanisms unnecessarily prevent users from
 | 
						||
      viewing stale resources, this will tend to force service authors
 | 
						||
      to avoid using HTTP expiration controls and cache controls when
 | 
						||
      they would otherwise like to. Service authors may consider it
 | 
						||
      important that users not be presented with error messages or
 | 
						||
      warning messages when they use navigation controls (such as BACK)
 | 
						||
      to view previously fetched resources. Even though sometimes such
 | 
						||
      resources ought not to cached, or ought to expire quickly, user
 | 
						||
      interface considerations may force service authors to resort to
 | 
						||
      other means of preventing caching (e.g. "once-only" URLs) in order
 | 
						||
      not to suffer the effects of improperly functioning history
 | 
						||
      mechanisms.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                    [Page 99]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14 Header Field Definitions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This section defines the syntax and semantics of all standard
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 header fields. For entity-header fields, both sender and
 | 
						||
   recipient refer to either the client or the server, depending on who
 | 
						||
   sends and who receives the entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.1 Accept
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media
 | 
						||
   types which are acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be
 | 
						||
   used to indicate that the request is specifically limited to a small
 | 
						||
   set of desired types, as in the case of a request for an in-line
 | 
						||
   image.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept         = "Accept" ":"
 | 
						||
                        #( media-range [ accept-params ] )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       media-range    = ( "*/*"
 | 
						||
                        | ( type "/" "*" )
 | 
						||
                        | ( type "/" subtype )
 | 
						||
                        ) *( ";" parameter )
 | 
						||
       accept-params  = ";" "q" "=" qvalue *( accept-extension )
 | 
						||
       accept-extension = ";" token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The asterisk "*" character is used to group media types into ranges,
 | 
						||
   with "*/*" indicating all media types and "type/*" indicating all
 | 
						||
   subtypes of that type. The media-range MAY include media type
 | 
						||
   parameters that are applicable to that range.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Each media-range MAY be followed by one or more accept-params,
 | 
						||
   beginning with the "q" parameter for indicating a relative quality
 | 
						||
   factor. The first "q" parameter (if any) separates the media-range
 | 
						||
   parameter(s) from the accept-params. Quality factors allow the user
 | 
						||
   or user agent to indicate the relative degree of preference for that
 | 
						||
   media-range, using the qvalue scale from 0 to 1 (section 3.9). The
 | 
						||
   default value is q=1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Use of the "q" parameter name to separate media type
 | 
						||
      parameters from Accept extension parameters is due to historical
 | 
						||
      practice. Although this prevents any media type parameter named
 | 
						||
      "q" from being used with a media range, such an event is believed
 | 
						||
      to be unlikely given the lack of any "q" parameters in the IANA
 | 
						||
      media type registry and the rare usage of any media type
 | 
						||
      parameters in Accept. Future media types are discouraged from
 | 
						||
      registering any parameter named "q".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 100]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The example
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept: audio/*; q=0.2, audio/basic
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   SHOULD be interpreted as "I prefer audio/basic, but send me any audio
 | 
						||
   type if it is the best available after an 80% mark-down in quality."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If no Accept header field is present, then it is assumed that the
 | 
						||
   client accepts all media types. If an Accept header field is present,
 | 
						||
   and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
 | 
						||
   according to the combined Accept field value, then the server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   send a 406 (not acceptable) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A more elaborate example is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept: text/plain; q=0.5, text/html,
 | 
						||
               text/x-dvi; q=0.8, text/x-c
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Verbally, this would be interpreted as "text/html and text/x-c are
 | 
						||
   the preferred media types, but if they do not exist, then send the
 | 
						||
   text/x-dvi entity, and if that does not exist, send the text/plain
 | 
						||
   entity."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Media ranges can be overridden by more specific media ranges or
 | 
						||
   specific media types. If more than one media range applies to a given
 | 
						||
   type, the most specific reference has precedence. For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept: text/*, text/html, text/html;level=1, */*
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   have the following precedence:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       1) text/html;level=1
 | 
						||
       2) text/html
 | 
						||
       3) text/*
 | 
						||
       4) */*
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The media type quality factor associated with a given type is
 | 
						||
   determined by finding the media range with the highest precedence
 | 
						||
   which matches that type. For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept: text/*;q=0.3, text/html;q=0.7, text/html;level=1,
 | 
						||
               text/html;level=2;q=0.4, */*;q=0.5
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   would cause the following values to be associated:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       text/html;level=1         = 1
 | 
						||
       text/html                 = 0.7
 | 
						||
       text/plain                = 0.3
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 101]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       image/jpeg                = 0.5
 | 
						||
       text/html;level=2         = 0.4
 | 
						||
       text/html;level=3         = 0.7
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: A user agent might be provided with a default set of quality
 | 
						||
      values for certain media ranges. However, unless the user agent is
 | 
						||
      a closed system which cannot interact with other rendering agents,
 | 
						||
      this default set ought to be configurable by the user.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.2 Accept-Charset
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what
 | 
						||
   character sets are acceptable for the response. This field allows
 | 
						||
   clients capable of understanding more comprehensive or special-
 | 
						||
   purpose character sets to signal that capability to a server which is
 | 
						||
   capable of representing documents in those character sets.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Accept-Charset = "Accept-Charset" ":"
 | 
						||
              1#( ( charset | "*" )[ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Character set values are described in section 3.4. Each charset MAY
 | 
						||
   be given an associated quality value which represents the user's
 | 
						||
   preference for that charset. The default value is q=1. An example is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Accept-Charset: iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1;q=0.8
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The special value "*", if present in the Accept-Charset field,
 | 
						||
   matches every character set (including ISO-8859-1) which is not
 | 
						||
   mentioned elsewhere in the Accept-Charset field. If no "*" is present
 | 
						||
   in an Accept-Charset field, then all character sets not explicitly
 | 
						||
   mentioned get a quality value of 0, except for ISO-8859-1, which gets
 | 
						||
   a quality value of 1 if not explicitly mentioned.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If no Accept-Charset header is present, the default is that any
 | 
						||
   character set is acceptable. If an Accept-Charset header is present,
 | 
						||
   and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
 | 
						||
   according to the Accept-Charset header, then the server SHOULD send
 | 
						||
   an error response with the 406 (not acceptable) status code, though
 | 
						||
   the sending of an unacceptable response is also allowed.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.3 Accept-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept, but
 | 
						||
   restricts the content-codings (section 3.5) that are acceptable in
 | 
						||
   the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding  = "Accept-Encoding" ":"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 102]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
                          1#( codings [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
 | 
						||
       codings          = ( content-coding | "*" )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples of its use are:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding: compress, gzip
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding:
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding: *
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding: compress;q=0.5, gzip;q=1.0
 | 
						||
       Accept-Encoding: gzip;q=1.0, identity; q=0.5, *;q=0
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server tests whether a content-coding is acceptable, according to
 | 
						||
   an Accept-Encoding field, using these rules:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. If the content-coding is one of the content-codings listed in
 | 
						||
         the Accept-Encoding field, then it is acceptable, unless it is
 | 
						||
         accompanied by a qvalue of 0. (As defined in section 3.9, a
 | 
						||
         qvalue of 0 means "not acceptable.")
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. The special "*" symbol in an Accept-Encoding field matches any
 | 
						||
         available content-coding not explicitly listed in the header
 | 
						||
         field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. If multiple content-codings are acceptable, then the acceptable
 | 
						||
         content-coding with the highest non-zero qvalue is preferred.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      4. The "identity" content-coding is always acceptable, unless
 | 
						||
         specifically refused because the Accept-Encoding field includes
 | 
						||
         "identity;q=0", or because the field includes "*;q=0" and does
 | 
						||
         not explicitly include the "identity" content-coding. If the
 | 
						||
         Accept-Encoding field-value is empty, then only the "identity"
 | 
						||
         encoding is acceptable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an Accept-Encoding field is present in a request, and if the
 | 
						||
   server cannot send a response which is acceptable according to the
 | 
						||
   Accept-Encoding header, then the server SHOULD send an error response
 | 
						||
   with the 406 (Not Acceptable) status code.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If no Accept-Encoding field is present in a request, the server MAY
 | 
						||
   assume that the client will accept any content coding. In this case,
 | 
						||
   if "identity" is one of the available content-codings, then the
 | 
						||
   server SHOULD use the "identity" content-coding, unless it has
 | 
						||
   additional information that a different content-coding is meaningful
 | 
						||
   to the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: If the request does not include an Accept-Encoding field,
 | 
						||
      and if the "identity" content-coding is unavailable, then
 | 
						||
      content-codings commonly understood by HTTP/1.0 clients (i.e.,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 103]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      "gzip" and "compress") are preferred; some older clients
 | 
						||
      improperly display messages sent with other content-codings.  The
 | 
						||
      server might also make this decision based on information about
 | 
						||
      the particular user-agent or client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Most HTTP/1.0 applications do not recognize or obey qvalues
 | 
						||
      associated with content-codings. This means that qvalues will not
 | 
						||
      work and are not permitted with x-gzip or x-compress.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.4 Accept-Language
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept, but
 | 
						||
   restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred as a
 | 
						||
   response to the request. Language tags are defined in section 3.10.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept-Language = "Accept-Language" ":"
 | 
						||
                         1#( language-range [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
 | 
						||
       language-range  = ( ( 1*8ALPHA *( "-" 1*8ALPHA ) ) | "*" )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Each language-range MAY be given an associated quality value which
 | 
						||
   represents an estimate of the user's preference for the languages
 | 
						||
   specified by that range. The quality value defaults to "q=1". For
 | 
						||
   example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   would mean: "I prefer Danish, but will accept British English and
 | 
						||
   other types of English." A language-range matches a language-tag if
 | 
						||
   it exactly equals the tag, or if it exactly equals a prefix of the
 | 
						||
   tag such that the first tag character following the prefix is "-".
 | 
						||
   The special range "*", if present in the Accept-Language field,
 | 
						||
   matches every tag not matched by any other range present in the
 | 
						||
   Accept-Language field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: This use of a prefix matching rule does not imply that
 | 
						||
      language tags are assigned to languages in such a way that it is
 | 
						||
      always true that if a user understands a language with a certain
 | 
						||
      tag, then this user will also understand all languages with tags
 | 
						||
      for which this tag is a prefix. The prefix rule simply allows the
 | 
						||
      use of prefix tags if this is the case.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The language quality factor assigned to a language-tag by the
 | 
						||
   Accept-Language field is the quality value of the longest language-
 | 
						||
   range in the field that matches the language-tag. If no language-
 | 
						||
   range in the field matches the tag, the language quality factor
 | 
						||
   assigned is 0. If no Accept-Language header is present in the
 | 
						||
   request, the server
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 104]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   SHOULD assume that all languages are equally acceptable. If an
 | 
						||
   Accept-Language header is present, then all languages which are
 | 
						||
   assigned a quality factor greater than 0 are acceptable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   It might be contrary to the privacy expectations of the user to send
 | 
						||
   an Accept-Language header with the complete linguistic preferences of
 | 
						||
   the user in every request. For a discussion of this issue, see
 | 
						||
   section 15.1.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   As intelligibility is highly dependent on the individual user, it is
 | 
						||
   recommended that client applications make the choice of linguistic
 | 
						||
   preference available to the user. If the choice is not made
 | 
						||
   available, then the Accept-Language header field MUST NOT be given in
 | 
						||
   the request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: When making the choice of linguistic preference available to
 | 
						||
      the user, we remind implementors of  the fact that users are not
 | 
						||
      familiar with the details of language matching as described above,
 | 
						||
      and should provide appropriate guidance. As an example, users
 | 
						||
      might assume that on selecting "en-gb", they will be served any
 | 
						||
      kind of English document if British English is not available. A
 | 
						||
      user agent might suggest in such a case to add "en" to get the
 | 
						||
      best matching behavior.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.5 Accept-Ranges
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The Accept-Ranges response-header field allows the server to
 | 
						||
      indicate its acceptance of range requests for a resource:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Accept-Ranges     = "Accept-Ranges" ":" acceptable-ranges
 | 
						||
          acceptable-ranges = 1#range-unit | "none"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Origin servers that accept byte-range requests MAY send
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Accept-Ranges: bytes
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      but are not required to do so. Clients MAY generate byte-range
 | 
						||
      requests without having received this header for the resource
 | 
						||
      involved. Range units are defined in section 3.12.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Servers that do not accept any kind of range request for a
 | 
						||
      resource MAY send
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Accept-Ranges: none
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      to advise the client not to attempt a range request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 105]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.6 Age
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The Age response-header field conveys the sender's estimate of the
 | 
						||
      amount of time since the response (or its revalidation) was
 | 
						||
      generated at the origin server. A cached response is "fresh" if
 | 
						||
      its age does not exceed its freshness lifetime. Age values are
 | 
						||
      calculated as specified in section 13.2.3.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
           Age = "Age" ":" age-value
 | 
						||
           age-value = delta-seconds
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Age values are non-negative decimal integers, representing time in
 | 
						||
      seconds.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      If a cache receives a value larger than the largest positive
 | 
						||
      integer it can represent, or if any of its age calculations
 | 
						||
      overflows, it MUST transmit an Age header with a value of
 | 
						||
      2147483648 (2^31). An HTTP/1.1 server that includes a cache MUST
 | 
						||
      include an Age header field in every response generated from its
 | 
						||
      own cache. Caches SHOULD use an arithmetic type of at least 31
 | 
						||
      bits of range.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.7 Allow
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The Allow entity-header field lists the set of methods supported
 | 
						||
      by the resource identified by the Request-URI. The purpose of this
 | 
						||
      field is strictly to inform the recipient of valid methods
 | 
						||
      associated with the resource. An Allow header field MUST be
 | 
						||
      present in a 405 (Method Not Allowed) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Allow   = "Allow" ":" #Method
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Example of use:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Allow: GET, HEAD, PUT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      This field cannot prevent a client from trying other methods.
 | 
						||
      However, the indications given by the Allow header field value
 | 
						||
      SHOULD be followed. The actual set of allowed methods is defined
 | 
						||
      by the origin server at the time of each request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The Allow header field MAY be provided with a PUT request to
 | 
						||
      recommend the methods to be supported by the new or modified
 | 
						||
      resource. The server is not required to support these methods and
 | 
						||
      SHOULD include an Allow header in the response giving the actual
 | 
						||
      supported methods.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 106]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      A proxy MUST NOT modify the Allow header field even if it does not
 | 
						||
      understand all the methods specified, since the user agent might
 | 
						||
      have other means of communicating with the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.8 Authorization
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      A user agent that wishes to authenticate itself with a server--
 | 
						||
      usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 401 response--does
 | 
						||
      so by including an Authorization request-header field with the
 | 
						||
      request.  The Authorization field value consists of credentials
 | 
						||
      containing the authentication information of the user agent for
 | 
						||
      the realm of the resource being requested.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
          Authorization  = "Authorization" ":" credentials
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      HTTP access authentication is described in "HTTP Authentication:
 | 
						||
      Basic and Digest Access Authentication" [43]. If a request is
 | 
						||
      authenticated and a realm specified, the same credentials SHOULD
 | 
						||
      be valid for all other requests within this realm (assuming that
 | 
						||
      the authentication scheme itself does not require otherwise, such
 | 
						||
      as credentials that vary according to a challenge value or using
 | 
						||
      synchronized clocks).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      When a shared cache (see section 13.7) receives a request
 | 
						||
      containing an Authorization field, it MUST NOT return the
 | 
						||
      corresponding response as a reply to any other request, unless one
 | 
						||
      of the following specific exceptions holds:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. If the response includes the "s-maxage" cache-control
 | 
						||
         directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
 | 
						||
         subsequent request. But (if the specified maximum age has
 | 
						||
         passed) a proxy cache MUST first revalidate it with the origin
 | 
						||
         server, using the request-headers from the new request to allow
 | 
						||
         the origin server to authenticate the new request. (This is the
 | 
						||
         defined behavior for s-maxage.) If the response includes "s-
 | 
						||
         maxage=0", the proxy MUST always revalidate it before re-using
 | 
						||
         it.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. If the response includes the "must-revalidate" cache-control
 | 
						||
         directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
 | 
						||
         subsequent request. But if the response is stale, all caches
 | 
						||
         MUST first revalidate it with the origin server, using the
 | 
						||
         request-headers from the new request to allow the origin server
 | 
						||
         to authenticate the new request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. If the response includes the "public" cache-control directive,
 | 
						||
         it MAY be returned in reply to any subsequent request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 107]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9 Cache-Control
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Cache-Control general-header field is used to specify directives
 | 
						||
   that MUST be obeyed by all caching mechanisms along the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. The directives specify behavior intended to
 | 
						||
   prevent caches from adversely interfering with the request or
 | 
						||
   response. These directives typically override the default caching
 | 
						||
   algorithms. Cache directives are unidirectional in that the presence
 | 
						||
   of a directive in a request does not imply that the same directive is
 | 
						||
   to be given in the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note that HTTP/1.0 caches might not implement Cache-Control and
 | 
						||
      might only implement Pragma: no-cache (see section 14.32).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Cache directives MUST be passed through by a proxy or gateway
 | 
						||
   application, regardless of their significance to that application,
 | 
						||
   since the directives might be applicable to all recipients along the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a cache-
 | 
						||
   directive for a specific cache.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Cache-Control   = "Cache-Control" ":" 1#cache-directive
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    cache-directive = cache-request-directive
 | 
						||
         | cache-response-directive
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    cache-request-directive =
 | 
						||
           "no-cache"                          ; Section 14.9.1
 | 
						||
         | "no-store"                          ; Section 14.9.2
 | 
						||
         | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds         ; Section 14.9.3, 14.9.4
 | 
						||
         | "max-stale" [ "=" delta-seconds ]   ; Section 14.9.3
 | 
						||
         | "min-fresh" "=" delta-seconds       ; Section 14.9.3
 | 
						||
         | "no-transform"                      ; Section 14.9.5
 | 
						||
         | "only-if-cached"                    ; Section 14.9.4
 | 
						||
         | cache-extension                     ; Section 14.9.6
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
     cache-response-directive =
 | 
						||
           "public"                               ; Section 14.9.1
 | 
						||
         | "private" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ] ; Section 14.9.1
 | 
						||
         | "no-cache" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ]; Section 14.9.1
 | 
						||
         | "no-store"                             ; Section 14.9.2
 | 
						||
         | "no-transform"                         ; Section 14.9.5
 | 
						||
         | "must-revalidate"                      ; Section 14.9.4
 | 
						||
         | "proxy-revalidate"                     ; Section 14.9.4
 | 
						||
         | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds            ; Section 14.9.3
 | 
						||
         | "s-maxage" "=" delta-seconds           ; Section 14.9.3
 | 
						||
         | cache-extension                        ; Section 14.9.6
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    cache-extension = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 108]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a directive appears without any 1#field-name parameter, the
 | 
						||
   directive applies to the entire request or response. When such a
 | 
						||
   directive appears with a 1#field-name parameter, it applies only to
 | 
						||
   the named field or fields, and not to the rest of the request or
 | 
						||
   response. This mechanism supports extensibility; implementations of
 | 
						||
   future versions of the HTTP protocol might apply these directives to
 | 
						||
   header fields not defined in HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The cache-control directives can be broken down into these general
 | 
						||
   categories:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Restrictions on what are cacheable; these may only be imposed by
 | 
						||
        the origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Restrictions on what may be stored by a cache; these may be
 | 
						||
        imposed by either the origin server or the user agent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Modifications of the basic expiration mechanism; these may be
 | 
						||
        imposed by either the origin server or the user agent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Controls over cache revalidation and reload; these may only be
 | 
						||
        imposed by a user agent.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Control over transformation of entities.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Extensions to the caching system.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.1 What is Cacheable
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   By default, a response is cacheable if the requirements of the
 | 
						||
   request method, request header fields, and the response status
 | 
						||
   indicate that it is cacheable. Section 13.4 summarizes these defaults
 | 
						||
   for cacheability. The following Cache-Control response directives
 | 
						||
   allow an origin server to override the default cacheability of a
 | 
						||
   response:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   public
 | 
						||
      Indicates that the response MAY be cached by any cache, even if it
 | 
						||
      would normally be non-cacheable or cacheable only within a non-
 | 
						||
      shared cache. (See also Authorization, section 14.8, for
 | 
						||
      additional details.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   private
 | 
						||
      Indicates that all or part of the response message is intended for
 | 
						||
      a single user and MUST NOT be cached by a shared cache. This
 | 
						||
      allows an origin server to state that the specified parts of the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 109]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      response are intended for only one user and are not a valid
 | 
						||
      response for requests by other users. A private (non-shared) cache
 | 
						||
      MAY cache the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Note: This usage of the word private only controls where the
 | 
						||
       response may be cached, and cannot ensure the privacy of the
 | 
						||
       message content.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   no-cache
 | 
						||
       If the no-cache directive does not specify a field-name, then a
 | 
						||
      cache MUST NOT use the response to satisfy a subsequent request
 | 
						||
      without successful revalidation with the origin server. This
 | 
						||
      allows an origin server to prevent caching even by caches that
 | 
						||
      have been configured to return stale responses to client requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      If the no-cache directive does specify one or more field-names,
 | 
						||
      then a cache MAY use the response to satisfy a subsequent request,
 | 
						||
      subject to any other restrictions on caching. However, the
 | 
						||
      specified field-name(s) MUST NOT be sent in the response to a
 | 
						||
      subsequent request without successful revalidation with the origin
 | 
						||
      server. This allows an origin server to prevent the re-use of
 | 
						||
      certain header fields in a response, while still allowing caching
 | 
						||
      of the rest of the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Note: Most HTTP/1.0 caches will not recognize or obey this
 | 
						||
       directive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.2 What May be Stored by Caches
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   no-store
 | 
						||
      The purpose of the no-store directive is to prevent the
 | 
						||
      inadvertent release or retention of sensitive information (for
 | 
						||
      example, on backup tapes). The no-store directive applies to the
 | 
						||
      entire message, and MAY be sent either in a response or in a
 | 
						||
      request. If sent in a request, a cache MUST NOT store any part of
 | 
						||
      either this request or any response to it. If sent in a response,
 | 
						||
      a cache MUST NOT store any part of either this response or the
 | 
						||
      request that elicited it. This directive applies to both non-
 | 
						||
      shared and shared caches. "MUST NOT store" in this context means
 | 
						||
      that the cache MUST NOT intentionally store the information in
 | 
						||
      non-volatile storage, and MUST make a best-effort attempt to
 | 
						||
      remove the information from volatile storage as promptly as
 | 
						||
      possible after forwarding it.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Even when this directive is associated with a response, users
 | 
						||
      might explicitly store such a response outside of the caching
 | 
						||
      system (e.g., with a "Save As" dialog). History buffers MAY store
 | 
						||
      such responses as part of their normal operation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 110]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The purpose of this directive is to meet the stated requirements
 | 
						||
      of certain users and service authors who are concerned about
 | 
						||
      accidental releases of information via unanticipated accesses to
 | 
						||
      cache data structures. While the use of this directive might
 | 
						||
      improve privacy in some cases, we caution that it is NOT in any
 | 
						||
      way a reliable or sufficient mechanism for ensuring privacy. In
 | 
						||
      particular, malicious or compromised caches might not recognize or
 | 
						||
      obey this directive, and communications networks might be
 | 
						||
      vulnerable to eavesdropping.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.3 Modifications of the Basic Expiration Mechanism
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The expiration time of an entity MAY be specified by the origin
 | 
						||
   server using the Expires header (see section 14.21). Alternatively,
 | 
						||
   it MAY be specified using the max-age directive in a response. When
 | 
						||
   the max-age cache-control directive is present in a cached response,
 | 
						||
   the response is stale if its current age is greater than the age
 | 
						||
   value given (in seconds) at the time of a new request for that
 | 
						||
   resource. The max-age directive on a response implies that the
 | 
						||
   response is cacheable (i.e., "public") unless some other, more
 | 
						||
   restrictive cache directive is also present.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a response includes both an Expires header and a max-age
 | 
						||
   directive, the max-age directive overrides the Expires header, even
 | 
						||
   if the Expires header is more restrictive. This rule allows an origin
 | 
						||
   server to provide, for a given response, a longer expiration time to
 | 
						||
   an HTTP/1.1 (or later) cache than to an HTTP/1.0 cache. This might be
 | 
						||
   useful if certain HTTP/1.0 caches improperly calculate ages or
 | 
						||
   expiration times, perhaps due to desynchronized clocks.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Many HTTP/1.0 cache implementations will treat an Expires value that
 | 
						||
   is less than or equal to the response Date value as being equivalent
 | 
						||
   to the Cache-Control response directive "no-cache". If an HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
   cache receives such a response, and the response does not include a
 | 
						||
   Cache-Control header field, it SHOULD consider the response to be
 | 
						||
   non-cacheable in order to retain compatibility with HTTP/1.0 servers.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Note: An origin server might wish to use a relatively new HTTP
 | 
						||
       cache control feature, such as the "private" directive, on a
 | 
						||
       network including older caches that do not understand that
 | 
						||
       feature. The origin server will need to combine the new feature
 | 
						||
       with an Expires field whose value is less than or equal to the
 | 
						||
       Date value. This will prevent older caches from improperly
 | 
						||
       caching the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 111]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   s-maxage
 | 
						||
       If a response includes an s-maxage directive, then for a shared
 | 
						||
       cache (but not for a private cache), the maximum age specified by
 | 
						||
       this directive overrides the maximum age specified by either the
 | 
						||
       max-age directive or the Expires header. The s-maxage directive
 | 
						||
       also implies the semantics of the proxy-revalidate directive (see
 | 
						||
       section 14.9.4), i.e., that the shared cache must not use the
 | 
						||
       entry after it becomes stale to respond to a subsequent request
 | 
						||
       without first revalidating it with the origin server. The s-
 | 
						||
       maxage directive is always ignored by a private cache.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that most older caches, not compliant with this specification,
 | 
						||
   do not implement any cache-control directives. An origin server
 | 
						||
   wishing to use a cache-control directive that restricts, but does not
 | 
						||
   prevent, caching by an HTTP/1.1-compliant cache MAY exploit the
 | 
						||
   requirement that the max-age directive overrides the Expires header,
 | 
						||
   and the fact that pre-HTTP/1.1-compliant caches do not observe the
 | 
						||
   max-age directive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Other directives allow a user agent to modify the basic expiration
 | 
						||
   mechanism. These directives MAY be specified on a request:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   max-age
 | 
						||
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose
 | 
						||
      age is no greater than the specified time in seconds. Unless max-
 | 
						||
      stale directive is also included, the client is not willing to
 | 
						||
      accept a stale response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   min-fresh
 | 
						||
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose
 | 
						||
      freshness lifetime is no less than its current age plus the
 | 
						||
      specified time in seconds. That is, the client wants a response
 | 
						||
      that will still be fresh for at least the specified number of
 | 
						||
      seconds.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   max-stale
 | 
						||
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response that has
 | 
						||
      exceeded its expiration time. If max-stale is assigned a value,
 | 
						||
      then the client is willing to accept a response that has exceeded
 | 
						||
      its expiration time by no more than the specified number of
 | 
						||
      seconds. If no value is assigned to max-stale, then the client is
 | 
						||
      willing to accept a stale response of any age.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a cache returns a stale response, either because of a max-stale
 | 
						||
   directive on a request, or because the cache is configured to
 | 
						||
   override the expiration time of a response, the cache MUST attach a
 | 
						||
   Warning header to the stale response, using Warning 110 (Response is
 | 
						||
   stale).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 112]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache MAY be configured to return stale responses without
 | 
						||
   validation, but only if this does not conflict with any "MUST"-level
 | 
						||
   requirements concerning cache validation (e.g., a "must-revalidate"
 | 
						||
   cache-control directive).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If both the new request and the cached entry include "max-age"
 | 
						||
   directives, then the lesser of the two values is used for determining
 | 
						||
   the freshness of the cached entry for that request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.4 Cache Revalidation and Reload Controls
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Sometimes a user agent might want or need to insist that a cache
 | 
						||
   revalidate its cache entry with the origin server (and not just with
 | 
						||
   the next cache along the path to the origin server), or to reload its
 | 
						||
   cache entry from the origin server. End-to-end revalidation might be
 | 
						||
   necessary if either the cache or the origin server has overestimated
 | 
						||
   the expiration time of the cached response. End-to-end reload may be
 | 
						||
   necessary if the cache entry has become corrupted for some reason.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   End-to-end revalidation may be requested either when the client does
 | 
						||
   not have its own local cached copy, in which case we call it
 | 
						||
   "unspecified end-to-end revalidation", or when the client does have a
 | 
						||
   local cached copy, in which case we call it "specific end-to-end
 | 
						||
   revalidation."
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The client can specify these three kinds of action using Cache-
 | 
						||
   Control request directives:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   End-to-end reload
 | 
						||
      The request includes a "no-cache" cache-control directive or, for
 | 
						||
      compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients, "Pragma: no-cache". Field
 | 
						||
      names MUST NOT be included with the no-cache directive in a
 | 
						||
      request. The server MUST NOT use a cached copy when responding to
 | 
						||
      such a request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Specific end-to-end revalidation
 | 
						||
      The request includes a "max-age=0" cache-control directive, which
 | 
						||
      forces each cache along the path to the origin server to
 | 
						||
      revalidate its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server.
 | 
						||
      The initial request includes a cache-validating conditional with
 | 
						||
      the client's current validator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unspecified end-to-end revalidation
 | 
						||
      The request includes "max-age=0" cache-control directive, which
 | 
						||
      forces each cache along the path to the origin server to
 | 
						||
      revalidate its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server.
 | 
						||
      The initial request does not include a cache-validating
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 113]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      conditional; the first cache along the path (if any) that holds a
 | 
						||
      cache entry for this resource includes a cache-validating
 | 
						||
      conditional with its current validator.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   max-age
 | 
						||
      When an intermediate cache is forced, by means of a max-age=0
 | 
						||
      directive, to revalidate its own cache entry, and the client has
 | 
						||
      supplied its own validator in the request, the supplied validator
 | 
						||
      might differ from the validator currently stored with the cache
 | 
						||
      entry. In this case, the cache MAY use either validator in making
 | 
						||
      its own request without affecting semantic transparency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      However, the choice of validator might affect performance. The
 | 
						||
      best approach is for the intermediate cache to use its own
 | 
						||
      validator when making its request. If the server replies with 304
 | 
						||
      (Not Modified), then the cache can return its now validated copy
 | 
						||
      to the client with a 200 (OK) response. If the server replies with
 | 
						||
      a new entity and cache validator, however, the intermediate cache
 | 
						||
      can compare the returned validator with the one provided in the
 | 
						||
      client's request, using the strong comparison function. If the
 | 
						||
      client's validator is equal to the origin server's, then the
 | 
						||
      intermediate cache simply returns 304 (Not Modified). Otherwise,
 | 
						||
      it returns the new entity with a 200 (OK) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      If a request includes the no-cache directive, it SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
      include min-fresh, max-stale, or max-age.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   only-if-cached
 | 
						||
      In some cases, such as times of extremely poor network
 | 
						||
      connectivity, a client may want a cache to return only those
 | 
						||
      responses that it currently has stored, and not to reload or
 | 
						||
      revalidate with the origin server. To do this, the client may
 | 
						||
      include the only-if-cached directive in a request. If it receives
 | 
						||
      this directive, a cache SHOULD either respond using a cached entry
 | 
						||
      that is consistent with the other constraints of the request, or
 | 
						||
      respond with a 504 (Gateway Timeout) status. However, if a group
 | 
						||
      of caches is being operated as a unified system with good internal
 | 
						||
      connectivity, such a request MAY be forwarded within that group of
 | 
						||
      caches.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   must-revalidate
 | 
						||
      Because a cache MAY be configured to ignore a server's specified
 | 
						||
      expiration time, and because a client request MAY include a max-
 | 
						||
      stale directive (which has a similar effect), the protocol also
 | 
						||
      includes a mechanism for the origin server to require revalidation
 | 
						||
      of a cache entry on any subsequent use. When the must-revalidate
 | 
						||
      directive is present in a response received by a cache, that cache
 | 
						||
      MUST NOT use the entry after it becomes stale to respond to a
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 114]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      subsequent request without first revalidating it with the origin
 | 
						||
      server. (I.e., the cache MUST do an end-to-end revalidation every
 | 
						||
      time, if, based solely on the origin server's Expires or max-age
 | 
						||
      value, the cached response is stale.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      The must-revalidate directive is necessary to support reliable
 | 
						||
      operation for certain protocol features. In all circumstances an
 | 
						||
      HTTP/1.1 cache MUST obey the must-revalidate directive; in
 | 
						||
      particular, if the cache cannot reach the origin server for any
 | 
						||
      reason, it MUST generate a 504 (Gateway Timeout) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Servers SHOULD send the must-revalidate directive if and only if
 | 
						||
      failure to revalidate a request on the entity could result in
 | 
						||
      incorrect operation, such as a silently unexecuted financial
 | 
						||
      transaction. Recipients MUST NOT take any automated action that
 | 
						||
      violates this directive, and MUST NOT automatically provide an
 | 
						||
      unvalidated copy of the entity if revalidation fails.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Although this is not recommended, user agents operating under
 | 
						||
      severe connectivity constraints MAY violate this directive but, if
 | 
						||
      so, MUST explicitly warn the user that an unvalidated response has
 | 
						||
      been provided. The warning MUST be provided on each unvalidated
 | 
						||
      access, and SHOULD require explicit user confirmation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   proxy-revalidate
 | 
						||
      The proxy-revalidate directive has the same meaning as the must-
 | 
						||
      revalidate directive, except that it does not apply to non-shared
 | 
						||
      user agent caches. It can be used on a response to an
 | 
						||
      authenticated request to permit the user's cache to store and
 | 
						||
      later return the response without needing to revalidate it (since
 | 
						||
      it has already been authenticated once by that user), while still
 | 
						||
      requiring proxies that service many users to revalidate each time
 | 
						||
      (in order to make sure that each user has been authenticated).
 | 
						||
      Note that such authenticated responses also need the public cache
 | 
						||
      control directive in order to allow them to be cached at all.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.5 No-Transform Directive
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   no-transform
 | 
						||
      Implementors of intermediate caches (proxies) have found it useful
 | 
						||
      to convert the media type of certain entity bodies. A non-
 | 
						||
      transparent proxy might, for example, convert between image
 | 
						||
      formats in order to save cache space or to reduce the amount of
 | 
						||
      traffic on a slow link.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Serious operational problems occur, however, when these
 | 
						||
      transformations are applied to entity bodies intended for certain
 | 
						||
      kinds of applications. For example, applications for medical
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 115]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      imaging, scientific data analysis and those using end-to-end
 | 
						||
      authentication, all depend on receiving an entity body that is bit
 | 
						||
      for bit identical to the original entity-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Therefore, if a message includes the no-transform directive, an
 | 
						||
      intermediate cache or proxy MUST NOT change those headers that are
 | 
						||
      listed in section 13.5.2 as being subject to the no-transform
 | 
						||
      directive. This implies that the cache or proxy MUST NOT change
 | 
						||
      any aspect of the entity-body that is specified by these headers,
 | 
						||
      including the value of the entity-body itself.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.9.6 Cache Control Extensions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Cache-Control header field can be extended through the use of one
 | 
						||
   or more cache-extension tokens, each with an optional assigned value.
 | 
						||
   Informational extensions (those which do not require a change in
 | 
						||
   cache behavior) MAY be added without changing the semantics of other
 | 
						||
   directives. Behavioral extensions are designed to work by acting as
 | 
						||
   modifiers to the existing base of cache directives. Both the new
 | 
						||
   directive and the standard directive are supplied, such that
 | 
						||
   applications which do not understand the new directive will default
 | 
						||
   to the behavior specified by the standard directive, and those that
 | 
						||
   understand the new directive will recognize it as modifying the
 | 
						||
   requirements associated with the standard directive. In this way,
 | 
						||
   extensions to the cache-control directives can be made without
 | 
						||
   requiring changes to the base protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This extension mechanism depends on an HTTP cache obeying all of the
 | 
						||
   cache-control directives defined for its native HTTP-version, obeying
 | 
						||
   certain extensions, and ignoring all directives that it does not
 | 
						||
   understand.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For example, consider a hypothetical new response directive called
 | 
						||
   community which acts as a modifier to the private directive. We
 | 
						||
   define this new directive to mean that, in addition to any non-shared
 | 
						||
   cache, any cache which is shared only by members of the community
 | 
						||
   named within its value may cache the response. An origin server
 | 
						||
   wishing to allow the UCI community to use an otherwise private
 | 
						||
   response in their shared cache(s) could do so by including
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Cache-Control: private, community="UCI"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache seeing this header field will act correctly even if the cache
 | 
						||
   does not understand the community cache-extension, since it will also
 | 
						||
   see and understand the private directive and thus default to the safe
 | 
						||
   behavior.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 116]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unrecognized cache-directives MUST be ignored; it is assumed that any
 | 
						||
   cache-directive likely to be unrecognized by an HTTP/1.1 cache will
 | 
						||
   be combined with standard directives (or the response's default
 | 
						||
   cacheability) such that the cache behavior will remain minimally
 | 
						||
   correct even if the cache does not understand the extension(s).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.10 Connection
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Connection general-header field allows the sender to specify
 | 
						||
   options that are desired for that particular connection and MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   be communicated by proxies over further connections.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Connection header has the following grammar:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Connection = "Connection" ":" 1#(connection-token)
 | 
						||
       connection-token  = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 proxies MUST parse the Connection header field before a
 | 
						||
   message is forwarded and, for each connection-token in this field,
 | 
						||
   remove any header field(s) from the message with the same name as the
 | 
						||
   connection-token. Connection options are signaled by the presence of
 | 
						||
   a connection-token in the Connection header field, not by any
 | 
						||
   corresponding additional header field(s), since the additional header
 | 
						||
   field may not be sent if there are no parameters associated with that
 | 
						||
   connection option.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Message headers listed in the Connection header MUST NOT include
 | 
						||
   end-to-end headers, such as Cache-Control.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 defines the "close" connection option for the sender to
 | 
						||
   signal that the connection will be closed after completion of the
 | 
						||
   response. For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Connection: close
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   in either the request or the response header fields indicates that
 | 
						||
   the connection SHOULD NOT be considered `persistent' (section 8.1)
 | 
						||
   after the current request/response is complete.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 applications that do not support persistent connections MUST
 | 
						||
   include the "close" connection option in every message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A system receiving an HTTP/1.0 (or lower-version) message that
 | 
						||
   includes a Connection header MUST, for each connection-token in this
 | 
						||
   field, remove and ignore any header field(s) from the message with
 | 
						||
   the same name as the connection-token. This protects against mistaken
 | 
						||
   forwarding of such header fields by pre-HTTP/1.1 proxies. See section
 | 
						||
   19.6.2.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 117]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.11 Content-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the
 | 
						||
   media-type. When present, its value indicates what additional content
 | 
						||
   codings have been applied to the entity-body, and thus what decoding
 | 
						||
   mechanisms must be applied in order to obtain the media-type
 | 
						||
   referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding is
 | 
						||
   primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing
 | 
						||
   the identity of its underlying media type.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Encoding  = "Content-Encoding" ":" 1#content-coding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Content codings are defined in section 3.5. An example of its use is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Encoding: gzip
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The content-coding is a characteristic of the entity identified by
 | 
						||
   the Request-URI. Typically, the entity-body is stored with this
 | 
						||
   encoding and is only decoded before rendering or analogous usage.
 | 
						||
   However, a non-transparent proxy MAY modify the content-coding if the
 | 
						||
   new coding is known to be acceptable to the recipient, unless the
 | 
						||
   "no-transform" cache-control directive is present in the message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the content-coding of an entity is not "identity", then the
 | 
						||
   response MUST include a Content-Encoding entity-header (section
 | 
						||
   14.11) that lists the non-identity content-coding(s) used.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the content-coding of an entity in a request message is not
 | 
						||
   acceptable to the origin server, the server SHOULD respond with a
 | 
						||
   status code of 415 (Unsupported Media Type).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity, the content
 | 
						||
   codings MUST be listed in the order in which they were applied.
 | 
						||
   Additional information about the encoding parameters MAY be provided
 | 
						||
   by other entity-header fields not defined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.12 Content-Language
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Language entity-header field describes the natural
 | 
						||
   language(s) of the intended audience for the enclosed entity. Note
 | 
						||
   that this might not be equivalent to all the languages used within
 | 
						||
   the entity-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Language  = "Content-Language" ":" 1#language-tag
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 118]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Language tags are defined in section 3.10. The primary purpose of
 | 
						||
   Content-Language is to allow a user to identify and differentiate
 | 
						||
   entities according to the user's own preferred language. Thus, if the
 | 
						||
   body content is intended only for a Danish-literate audience, the
 | 
						||
   appropriate field is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Language: da
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If no Content-Language is specified, the default is that the content
 | 
						||
   is intended for all language audiences. This might mean that the
 | 
						||
   sender does not consider it to be specific to any natural language,
 | 
						||
   or that the sender does not know for which language it is intended.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Multiple languages MAY be listed for content that is intended for
 | 
						||
   multiple audiences. For example, a rendition of the "Treaty of
 | 
						||
   Waitangi," presented simultaneously in the original Maori and English
 | 
						||
   versions, would call for
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Language: mi, en
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   However, just because multiple languages are present within an entity
 | 
						||
   does not mean that it is intended for multiple linguistic audiences.
 | 
						||
   An example would be a beginner's language primer, such as "A First
 | 
						||
   Lesson in Latin," which is clearly intended to be used by an
 | 
						||
   English-literate audience. In this case, the Content-Language would
 | 
						||
   properly only include "en".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Content-Language MAY be applied to any media type -- it is not
 | 
						||
   limited to textual documents.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.13 Content-Length
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the
 | 
						||
   entity-body, in decimal number of OCTETs, sent to the recipient or,
 | 
						||
   in the case of the HEAD method, the size of the entity-body that
 | 
						||
   would have been sent had the request been a GET.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Length    = "Content-Length" ":" 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Length: 3495
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Applications SHOULD use this field to indicate the transfer-length of
 | 
						||
   the message-body, unless this is prohibited by the rules in section
 | 
						||
   4.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 119]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Any Content-Length greater than or equal to zero is a valid value.
 | 
						||
   Section 4.4 describes how to determine the length of a message-body
 | 
						||
   if a Content-Length is not given.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Note that the meaning of this field is significantly different from
 | 
						||
   the corresponding definition in MIME, where it is an optional field
 | 
						||
   used within the "message/external-body" content-type. In HTTP, it
 | 
						||
   SHOULD be sent whenever the message's length can be determined prior
 | 
						||
   to being transferred, unless this is prohibited by the rules in
 | 
						||
   section 4.4.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.14 Content-Location
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Location entity-header field MAY be used to supply the
 | 
						||
   resource location for the entity enclosed in the message when that
 | 
						||
   entity is accessible from a location separate from the requested
 | 
						||
   resource's URI. A server SHOULD provide a Content-Location for the
 | 
						||
   variant corresponding to the response entity; especially in the case
 | 
						||
   where a resource has multiple entities associated with it, and those
 | 
						||
   entities actually have separate locations by which they might be
 | 
						||
   individually accessed, the server SHOULD provide a Content-Location
 | 
						||
   for the particular variant which is returned.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Location = "Content-Location" ":"
 | 
						||
                         ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The value of Content-Location also defines the base URI for the
 | 
						||
   entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Location value is not a replacement for the original
 | 
						||
   requested URI; it is only a statement of the location of the resource
 | 
						||
   corresponding to this particular entity at the time of the request.
 | 
						||
   Future requests MAY specify the Content-Location URI as the request-
 | 
						||
   URI if the desire is to identify the source of that particular
 | 
						||
   entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A cache cannot assume that an entity with a Content-Location
 | 
						||
   different from the URI used to retrieve it can be used to respond to
 | 
						||
   later requests on that Content-Location URI. However, the Content-
 | 
						||
   Location can be used to differentiate between multiple entities
 | 
						||
   retrieved from a single requested resource, as described in section
 | 
						||
   13.6.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the Content-Location is a relative URI, the relative URI is
 | 
						||
   interpreted relative to the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The meaning of the Content-Location header in PUT or POST requests is
 | 
						||
   undefined; servers are free to ignore it in those cases.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 120]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.15 Content-MD5
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-MD5 entity-header field, as defined in RFC 1864 [23], is
 | 
						||
   an MD5 digest of the entity-body for the purpose of providing an
 | 
						||
   end-to-end message integrity check (MIC) of the entity-body. (Note: a
 | 
						||
   MIC is good for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body
 | 
						||
   in transit, but is not proof against malicious attacks.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Content-MD5   = "Content-MD5" ":" md5-digest
 | 
						||
        md5-digest   = <base64 of 128 bit MD5 digest as per RFC 1864>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-MD5 header field MAY be generated by an origin server or
 | 
						||
   client to function as an integrity check of the entity-body. Only
 | 
						||
   origin servers or clients MAY generate the Content-MD5 header field;
 | 
						||
   proxies and gateways MUST NOT generate it, as this would defeat its
 | 
						||
   value as an end-to-end integrity check. Any recipient of the entity-
 | 
						||
   body, including gateways and proxies, MAY check that the digest value
 | 
						||
   in this header field matches that of the entity-body as received.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The MD5 digest is computed based on the content of the entity-body,
 | 
						||
   including any content-coding that has been applied, but not including
 | 
						||
   any transfer-encoding applied to the message-body. If the message is
 | 
						||
   received with a transfer-encoding, that encoding MUST be removed
 | 
						||
   prior to checking the Content-MD5 value against the received entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This has the result that the digest is computed on the octets of the
 | 
						||
   entity-body exactly as, and in the order that, they would be sent if
 | 
						||
   no transfer-encoding were being applied.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP extends RFC 1864 to permit the digest to be computed for MIME
 | 
						||
   composite media-types (e.g., multipart/* and message/rfc822), but
 | 
						||
   this does not change how the digest is computed as defined in the
 | 
						||
   preceding paragraph.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   There are several consequences of this. The entity-body for composite
 | 
						||
   types MAY contain many body-parts, each with its own MIME and HTTP
 | 
						||
   headers (including Content-MD5, Content-Transfer-Encoding, and
 | 
						||
   Content-Encoding headers). If a body-part has a Content-Transfer-
 | 
						||
   Encoding or Content-Encoding header, it is assumed that the content
 | 
						||
   of the body-part has had the encoding applied, and the body-part is
 | 
						||
   included in the Content-MD5 digest as is -- i.e., after the
 | 
						||
   application. The Transfer-Encoding header field is not allowed within
 | 
						||
   body-parts.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Conversion of all line breaks to CRLF MUST NOT be done before
 | 
						||
   computing or checking the digest: the line break convention used in
 | 
						||
   the text actually transmitted MUST be left unaltered when computing
 | 
						||
   the digest.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 121]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: while the definition of Content-MD5 is exactly the same for
 | 
						||
      HTTP as in RFC 1864 for MIME entity-bodies, there are several ways
 | 
						||
      in which the application of Content-MD5 to HTTP entity-bodies
 | 
						||
      differs from its application to MIME entity-bodies. One is that
 | 
						||
      HTTP, unlike MIME, does not use Content-Transfer-Encoding, and
 | 
						||
      does use Transfer-Encoding and Content-Encoding. Another is that
 | 
						||
      HTTP more frequently uses binary content types than MIME, so it is
 | 
						||
      worth noting that, in such cases, the byte order used to compute
 | 
						||
      the digest is the transmission byte order defined for the type.
 | 
						||
      Lastly, HTTP allows transmission of text types with any of several
 | 
						||
      line break conventions and not just the canonical form using CRLF.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.16 Content-Range
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Range entity-header is sent with a partial entity-body to
 | 
						||
   specify where in the full entity-body the partial body should be
 | 
						||
   applied. Range units are defined in section 3.12.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Range = "Content-Range" ":" content-range-spec
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       content-range-spec      = byte-content-range-spec
 | 
						||
       byte-content-range-spec = bytes-unit SP
 | 
						||
                                 byte-range-resp-spec "/"
 | 
						||
                                 ( instance-length | "*" )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       byte-range-resp-spec = (first-byte-pos "-" last-byte-pos)
 | 
						||
                                      | "*"
 | 
						||
       instance-length           = 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The header SHOULD indicate the total length of the full entity-body,
 | 
						||
   unless this length is unknown or difficult to determine. The asterisk
 | 
						||
   "*" character means that the instance-length is unknown at the time
 | 
						||
   when the response was generated.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Unlike byte-ranges-specifier values (see section 14.35.1), a byte-
 | 
						||
   range-resp-spec MUST only specify one range, and MUST contain
 | 
						||
   absolute byte positions for both the first and last byte of the
 | 
						||
   range.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A byte-content-range-spec with a byte-range-resp-spec whose last-
 | 
						||
   byte-pos value is less than its first-byte-pos value, or whose
 | 
						||
   instance-length value is less than or equal to its last-byte-pos
 | 
						||
   value, is invalid. The recipient of an invalid byte-content-range-
 | 
						||
   spec MUST ignore it and any content transferred along with it.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server sending a response with status code 416 (Requested range not
 | 
						||
   satisfiable) SHOULD include a Content-Range field with a byte-range-
 | 
						||
   resp-spec of "*". The instance-length specifies the current length of
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 122]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   the selected resource. A response with status code 206 (Partial
 | 
						||
   Content) MUST NOT include a Content-Range field with a byte-range-
 | 
						||
   resp-spec of "*".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples of byte-content-range-spec values, assuming that the entity
 | 
						||
   contains a total of 1234 bytes:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . The first 500 bytes:
 | 
						||
       bytes 0-499/1234
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . The second 500 bytes:
 | 
						||
       bytes 500-999/1234
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . All except for the first 500 bytes:
 | 
						||
       bytes 500-1233/1234
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . The last 500 bytes:
 | 
						||
       bytes 734-1233/1234
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When an HTTP message includes the content of a single range (for
 | 
						||
   example, a response to a request for a single range, or to a request
 | 
						||
   for a set of ranges that overlap without any holes), this content is
 | 
						||
   transmitted with a Content-Range header, and a Content-Length header
 | 
						||
   showing the number of bytes actually transferred. For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       HTTP/1.1 206 Partial content
 | 
						||
       Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
 | 
						||
       Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
 | 
						||
       Content-Range: bytes 21010-47021/47022
 | 
						||
       Content-Length: 26012
 | 
						||
       Content-Type: image/gif
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When an HTTP message includes the content of multiple ranges (for
 | 
						||
   example, a response to a request for multiple non-overlapping
 | 
						||
   ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart message. The multipart
 | 
						||
   media type used for this purpose is "multipart/byteranges" as defined
 | 
						||
   in appendix 19.2. See appendix 19.6.3 for a compatibility issue.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response to a request for a single range MUST NOT be sent using the
 | 
						||
   multipart/byteranges media type.  A response to a request for
 | 
						||
   multiple ranges, whose result is a single range, MAY be sent as a
 | 
						||
   multipart/byteranges media type with one part. A client that cannot
 | 
						||
   decode a multipart/byteranges message MUST NOT ask for multiple
 | 
						||
   byte-ranges in a single request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When a client requests multiple byte-ranges in one request, the
 | 
						||
   server SHOULD return them in the order that they appeared in the
 | 
						||
   request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 123]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the server ignores a byte-range-spec because it is syntactically
 | 
						||
   invalid, the server SHOULD treat the request as if the invalid Range
 | 
						||
   header field did not exist. (Normally, this means return a 200
 | 
						||
   response containing the full entity).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the server receives a request (other than one including an If-
 | 
						||
   Range request-header field) with an unsatisfiable Range request-
 | 
						||
   header field (that is, all of whose byte-range-spec values have a
 | 
						||
   first-byte-pos value greater than the current length of the selected
 | 
						||
   resource), it SHOULD return a response code of 416 (Requested range
 | 
						||
   not satisfiable) (section 10.4.17).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: clients cannot depend on servers to send a 416 (Requested
 | 
						||
      range not satisfiable) response instead of a 200 (OK) response for
 | 
						||
      an unsatisfiable Range request-header, since not all servers
 | 
						||
      implement this request-header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.17 Content-Type
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the
 | 
						||
   entity-body sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method,
 | 
						||
   the media type that would have been sent had the request been a GET.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Type   = "Content-Type" ":" media-type
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Media types are defined in section 3.7. An example of the field is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-4
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Further discussion of methods for identifying the media type of an
 | 
						||
   entity is provided in section 7.2.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.18 Date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Date general-header field represents the date and time at which
 | 
						||
   the message was originated, having the same semantics as orig-date in
 | 
						||
   RFC 822. The field value is an HTTP-date, as described in section
 | 
						||
   3.3.1; it MUST be sent in RFC 1123 [8]-date format.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Date  = "Date" ":" HTTP-date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Date: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 08:12:31 GMT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Origin servers MUST include a Date header field in all responses,
 | 
						||
   except in these cases:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 124]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. If the response status code is 100 (Continue) or 101 (Switching
 | 
						||
         Protocols), the response MAY include a Date header field, at
 | 
						||
         the server's option.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. If the response status code conveys a server error, e.g. 500
 | 
						||
         (Internal Server Error) or 503 (Service Unavailable), and it is
 | 
						||
         inconvenient or impossible to generate a valid Date.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. If the server does not have a clock that can provide a
 | 
						||
         reasonable approximation of the current time, its responses
 | 
						||
         MUST NOT include a Date header field. In this case, the rules
 | 
						||
         in section 14.18.1 MUST be followed.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A received message that does not have a Date header field MUST be
 | 
						||
   assigned one by the recipient if the message will be cached by that
 | 
						||
   recipient or gatewayed via a protocol which requires a Date. An HTTP
 | 
						||
   implementation without a clock MUST NOT cache responses without
 | 
						||
   revalidating them on every use. An HTTP cache, especially a shared
 | 
						||
   cache, SHOULD use a mechanism, such as NTP [28], to synchronize its
 | 
						||
   clock with a reliable external standard.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients SHOULD only send a Date header field in messages that include
 | 
						||
   an entity-body, as in the case of the PUT and POST requests, and even
 | 
						||
   then it is optional. A client without a clock MUST NOT send a Date
 | 
						||
   header field in a request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP-date sent in a Date header SHOULD NOT represent a date and
 | 
						||
   time subsequent to the generation of the message. It SHOULD represent
 | 
						||
   the best available approximation of the date and time of message
 | 
						||
   generation, unless the implementation has no means of generating a
 | 
						||
   reasonably accurate date and time. In theory, the date ought to
 | 
						||
   represent the moment just before the entity is generated. In
 | 
						||
   practice, the date can be generated at any time during the message
 | 
						||
   origination without affecting its semantic value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.18.1 Clockless Origin Server Operation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some origin server implementations might not have a clock available.
 | 
						||
   An origin server without a clock MUST NOT assign Expires or Last-
 | 
						||
   Modified values to a response, unless these values were associated
 | 
						||
   with the resource by a system or user with a reliable clock. It MAY
 | 
						||
   assign an Expires value that is known, at or before server
 | 
						||
   configuration time, to be in the past (this allows "pre-expiration"
 | 
						||
   of responses without storing separate Expires values for each
 | 
						||
   resource).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 125]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.19 ETag
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the
 | 
						||
   entity tag for the requested variant. The headers used with entity
 | 
						||
   tags are described in sections 14.24, 14.26 and 14.44. The entity tag
 | 
						||
   MAY be used for comparison with other entities from the same resource
 | 
						||
   (see section 13.3.3).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      ETag = "ETag" ":" entity-tag
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      ETag: "xyzzy"
 | 
						||
      ETag: W/"xyzzy"
 | 
						||
      ETag: ""
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.20 Expect
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Expect request-header field is used to indicate that particular
 | 
						||
   server behaviors are required by the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Expect       =  "Expect" ":" 1#expectation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      expectation  =  "100-continue" | expectation-extension
 | 
						||
      expectation-extension =  token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string )
 | 
						||
                               *expect-params ]
 | 
						||
      expect-params =  ";" token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server that does not understand or is unable to comply with any of
 | 
						||
   the expectation values in the Expect field of a request MUST respond
 | 
						||
   with appropriate error status. The server MUST respond with a 417
 | 
						||
   (Expectation Failed) status if any of the expectations cannot be met
 | 
						||
   or, if there are other problems with the request, some other 4xx
 | 
						||
   status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This header field is defined with extensible syntax to allow for
 | 
						||
   future extensions. If a server receives a request containing an
 | 
						||
   Expect field that includes an expectation-extension that it does not
 | 
						||
   support, it MUST respond with a 417 (Expectation Failed) status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Comparison of expectation values is case-insensitive for unquoted
 | 
						||
   tokens (including the 100-continue token), and is case-sensitive for
 | 
						||
   quoted-string expectation-extensions.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 126]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Expect mechanism is hop-by-hop: that is, an HTTP/1.1 proxy MUST
 | 
						||
   return a 417 (Expectation Failed) status if it receives a request
 | 
						||
   with an expectation that it cannot meet. However, the Expect
 | 
						||
   request-header itself is end-to-end; it MUST be forwarded if the
 | 
						||
   request is forwarded.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Many older HTTP/1.0 and HTTP/1.1 applications do not understand the
 | 
						||
   Expect header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 8.2.3 for the use of the 100 (continue) status.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.21 Expires
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Expires entity-header field gives the date/time after which the
 | 
						||
   response is considered stale. A stale cache entry may not normally be
 | 
						||
   returned by a cache (either a proxy cache or a user agent cache)
 | 
						||
   unless it is first validated with the origin server (or with an
 | 
						||
   intermediate cache that has a fresh copy of the entity). See section
 | 
						||
   13.2 for further discussion of the expiration model.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The presence of an Expires field does not imply that the original
 | 
						||
   resource will change or cease to exist at, before, or after that
 | 
						||
   time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The format is an absolute date and time as defined by HTTP-date in
 | 
						||
   section 3.3.1; it MUST be in RFC 1123 date format:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Expires = "Expires" ":" HTTP-date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example of its use is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Expires: Thu, 01 Dec 1994 16:00:00 GMT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: if a response includes a Cache-Control field with the max-
 | 
						||
      age directive (see section 14.9.3), that directive overrides the
 | 
						||
      Expires field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 clients and caches MUST treat other invalid date formats,
 | 
						||
   especially including the value "0", as in the past (i.e., "already
 | 
						||
   expired").
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   To mark a response as "already expired," an origin server sends an
 | 
						||
   Expires date that is equal to the Date header value. (See the rules
 | 
						||
   for expiration calculations in section 13.2.4.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 127]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   To mark a response as "never expires," an origin server sends an
 | 
						||
   Expires date approximately one year from the time the response is
 | 
						||
   sent. HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD NOT send Expires dates more than one
 | 
						||
   year in the future.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The presence of an Expires header field with a date value of some
 | 
						||
   time in the future on a response that otherwise would by default be
 | 
						||
   non-cacheable indicates that the response is cacheable, unless
 | 
						||
   indicated otherwise by a Cache-Control header field (section 14.9).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.22 From
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The From request-header field, if given, SHOULD contain an Internet
 | 
						||
   e-mail address for the human user who controls the requesting user
 | 
						||
   agent. The address SHOULD be machine-usable, as defined by "mailbox"
 | 
						||
   in RFC 822 [9] as updated by RFC 1123 [8]:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       From   = "From" ":" mailbox
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       From: webmaster@w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This header field MAY be used for logging purposes and as a means for
 | 
						||
   identifying the source of invalid or unwanted requests. It SHOULD NOT
 | 
						||
   be used as an insecure form of access protection. The interpretation
 | 
						||
   of this field is that the request is being performed on behalf of the
 | 
						||
   person given, who accepts responsibility for the method performed. In
 | 
						||
   particular, robot agents SHOULD include this header so that the
 | 
						||
   person responsible for running the robot can be contacted if problems
 | 
						||
   occur on the receiving end.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Internet e-mail address in this field MAY be separate from the
 | 
						||
   Internet host which issued the request. For example, when a request
 | 
						||
   is passed through a proxy the original issuer's address SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   used.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The client SHOULD NOT send the From header field without the user's
 | 
						||
   approval, as it might conflict with the user's privacy interests or
 | 
						||
   their site's security policy. It is strongly recommended that the
 | 
						||
   user be able to disable, enable, and modify the value of this field
 | 
						||
   at any time prior to a request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.23 Host
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port
 | 
						||
   number of the resource being requested, as obtained from the original
 | 
						||
   URI given by the user or referring resource (generally an HTTP URL,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 128]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   as described in section 3.2.2). The Host field value MUST represent
 | 
						||
   the naming authority of the origin server or gateway given by the
 | 
						||
   original URL. This allows the origin server or gateway to
 | 
						||
   differentiate between internally-ambiguous URLs, such as the root "/"
 | 
						||
   URL of a server for multiple host names on a single IP address.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Host = "Host" ":" host [ ":" port ] ; Section 3.2.2
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A "host" without any trailing port information implies the default
 | 
						||
   port for the service requested (e.g., "80" for an HTTP URL). For
 | 
						||
   example, a request on the origin server for
 | 
						||
   <http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/> would properly include:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       GET /pub/WWW/ HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
       Host: www.w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A client MUST include a Host header field in all HTTP/1.1 request
 | 
						||
   messages . If the requested URI does not include an Internet host
 | 
						||
   name for the service being requested, then the Host header field MUST
 | 
						||
   be given with an empty value. An HTTP/1.1 proxy MUST ensure that any
 | 
						||
   request message it forwards does contain an appropriate Host header
 | 
						||
   field that identifies the service being requested by the proxy. All
 | 
						||
   Internet-based HTTP/1.1 servers MUST respond with a 400 (Bad Request)
 | 
						||
   status code to any HTTP/1.1 request message which lacks a Host header
 | 
						||
   field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See sections 5.2 and 19.6.1.1 for other requirements relating to
 | 
						||
   Host.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.24 If-Match
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The If-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it
 | 
						||
   conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
 | 
						||
   obtained from the resource can verify that one of those entities is
 | 
						||
   current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
 | 
						||
   If-Match header field. Entity tags are defined in section 3.11. The
 | 
						||
   purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached
 | 
						||
   information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also
 | 
						||
   used, on updating requests, to prevent inadvertent modification of
 | 
						||
   the wrong version of a resource. As a special case, the value "*"
 | 
						||
   matches any current entity of the resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-Match = "If-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
 | 
						||
   would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
 | 
						||
   (without the If-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is given
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 129]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   and any current entity exists for that resource, then the server MAY
 | 
						||
   perform the requested method as if the If-Match header field did not
 | 
						||
   exist.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server MUST use the strong comparison function (see section 13.3.3)
 | 
						||
   to compare the entity tags in If-Match.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If none of the entity tags match, or if "*" is given and no current
 | 
						||
   entity exists, the server MUST NOT perform the requested method, and
 | 
						||
   MUST return a 412 (Precondition Failed) response. This behavior is
 | 
						||
   most useful when the client wants to prevent an updating method, such
 | 
						||
   as PUT, from modifying a resource that has changed since the client
 | 
						||
   last retrieved it.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request would, without the If-Match header field, result in
 | 
						||
   anything other than a 2xx or 412 status, then the If-Match header
 | 
						||
   MUST be ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The meaning of "If-Match: *" is that the method SHOULD be performed
 | 
						||
   if the representation selected by the origin server (or by a cache,
 | 
						||
   possibly using the Vary mechanism, see section 14.44) exists, and
 | 
						||
   MUST NOT be performed if the representation does not exist.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A request intended to update a resource (e.g., a PUT) MAY include an
 | 
						||
   If-Match header field to signal that the request method MUST NOT be
 | 
						||
   applied if the entity corresponding to the If-Match value (a single
 | 
						||
   entity tag) is no longer a representation of that resource. This
 | 
						||
   allows the user to indicate that they do not wish the request to be
 | 
						||
   successful if the resource has been changed without their knowledge.
 | 
						||
   Examples:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-Match: "xyzzy"
 | 
						||
       If-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
 | 
						||
       If-Match: *
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The result of a request having both an If-Match header field and
 | 
						||
   either an If-None-Match or an If-Modified-Since header fields is
 | 
						||
   undefined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.25 If-Modified-Since
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The If-Modified-Since request-header field is used with a method to
 | 
						||
   make it conditional: if the requested variant has not been modified
 | 
						||
   since the time specified in this field, an entity will not be
 | 
						||
   returned from the server; instead, a 304 (not modified) response will
 | 
						||
   be returned without any message-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-Modified-Since = "If-Modified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 130]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example of the field is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-Modified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A GET method with an If-Modified-Since header and no Range header
 | 
						||
   requests that the identified entity be transferred only if it has
 | 
						||
   been modified since the date given by the If-Modified-Since header.
 | 
						||
   The algorithm for determining this includes the following cases:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      a) If the request would normally result in anything other than a
 | 
						||
         200 (OK) status, or if the passed If-Modified-Since date is
 | 
						||
         invalid, the response is exactly the same as for a normal GET.
 | 
						||
         A date which is later than the server's current time is
 | 
						||
         invalid.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      b) If the variant has been modified since the If-Modified-Since
 | 
						||
         date, the response is exactly the same as for a normal GET.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      c) If the variant has not been modified since a valid If-
 | 
						||
         Modified-Since date, the server SHOULD return a 304 (Not
 | 
						||
         Modified) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached
 | 
						||
   information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The Range request-header field modifies the meaning of If-
 | 
						||
      Modified-Since; see section 14.35 for full details.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: If-Modified-Since times are interpreted by the server, whose
 | 
						||
      clock might not be synchronized with the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: When handling an If-Modified-Since header field, some
 | 
						||
      servers will use an exact date comparison function, rather than a
 | 
						||
      less-than function, for deciding whether to send a 304 (Not
 | 
						||
      Modified) response. To get best results when sending an If-
 | 
						||
      Modified-Since header field for cache validation, clients are
 | 
						||
      advised to use the exact date string received in a previous Last-
 | 
						||
      Modified header field whenever possible.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: If a client uses an arbitrary date in the If-Modified-Since
 | 
						||
      header instead of a date taken from the Last-Modified header for
 | 
						||
      the same request, the client should be aware of the fact that this
 | 
						||
      date is interpreted in the server's understanding of time. The
 | 
						||
      client should consider unsynchronized clocks and rounding problems
 | 
						||
      due to the different encodings of time between the client and
 | 
						||
      server. This includes the possibility of race conditions if the
 | 
						||
      document has changed between the time it was first requested and
 | 
						||
      the If-Modified-Since date of a subsequent request, and the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 131]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      possibility of clock-skew-related problems if the If-Modified-
 | 
						||
      Since date is derived from the client's clock without correction
 | 
						||
      to the server's clock. Corrections for different time bases
 | 
						||
      between client and server are at best approximate due to network
 | 
						||
      latency.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The result of a request having both an If-Modified-Since header field
 | 
						||
   and either an If-Match or an If-Unmodified-Since header fields is
 | 
						||
   undefined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.26 If-None-Match
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make
 | 
						||
   it conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
 | 
						||
   obtained from the resource can verify that none of those entities is
 | 
						||
   current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
 | 
						||
   If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow
 | 
						||
   efficient updates of cached information with a minimum amount of
 | 
						||
   transaction overhead. It is also used to prevent a method (e.g. PUT)
 | 
						||
   from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the client
 | 
						||
   believes that the resource does not exist.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the
 | 
						||
   resource.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match = "If-None-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
 | 
						||
   would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
 | 
						||
   (without the If-None-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is
 | 
						||
   given and any current entity exists for that resource, then the
 | 
						||
   server MUST NOT perform the requested method, unless required to do
 | 
						||
   so because the resource's modification date fails to match that
 | 
						||
   supplied in an If-Modified-Since header field in the request.
 | 
						||
   Instead, if the request method was GET or HEAD, the server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   respond with a 304 (Not Modified) response, including the cache-
 | 
						||
   related header fields (particularly ETag) of one of the entities that
 | 
						||
   matched. For all other request methods, the server MUST respond with
 | 
						||
   a status of 412 (Precondition Failed).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 13.3.3 for rules on how to determine if two entities tags
 | 
						||
   match. The weak comparison function can only be used with GET or HEAD
 | 
						||
   requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 132]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If none of the entity tags match, then the server MAY perform the
 | 
						||
   requested method as if the If-None-Match header field did not exist,
 | 
						||
   but MUST also ignore any If-Modified-Since header field(s) in the
 | 
						||
   request. That is, if no entity tags match, then the server MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   return a 304 (Not Modified) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request would, without the If-None-Match header field, result
 | 
						||
   in anything other than a 2xx or 304 status, then the If-None-Match
 | 
						||
   header MUST be ignored. (See section 13.3.4 for a discussion of
 | 
						||
   server behavior when both If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match appear
 | 
						||
   in the same request.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The meaning of "If-None-Match: *" is that the method MUST NOT be
 | 
						||
   performed if the representation selected by the origin server (or by
 | 
						||
   a cache, possibly using the Vary mechanism, see section 14.44)
 | 
						||
   exists, and SHOULD be performed if the representation does not exist.
 | 
						||
   This feature is intended to be useful in preventing races between PUT
 | 
						||
   operations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match: "xyzzy"
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy"
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy", W/"r2d2xxxx", W/"c3piozzzz"
 | 
						||
       If-None-Match: *
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The result of a request having both an If-None-Match header field and
 | 
						||
   either an If-Match or an If-Unmodified-Since header fields is
 | 
						||
   undefined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.27 If-Range
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a client has a partial copy of an entity in its cache, and wishes
 | 
						||
   to have an up-to-date copy of the entire entity in its cache, it
 | 
						||
   could use the Range request-header with a conditional GET (using
 | 
						||
   either or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match.) However, if the
 | 
						||
   condition fails because the entity has been modified, the client
 | 
						||
   would then have to make a second request to obtain the entire current
 | 
						||
   entity-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The If-Range header allows a client to "short-circuit" the second
 | 
						||
   request. Informally, its meaning is `if the entity is unchanged, send
 | 
						||
   me the part(s) that I am missing; otherwise, send me the entire new
 | 
						||
   entity'.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        If-Range = "If-Range" ":" ( entity-tag | HTTP-date )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 133]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the client has no entity tag for an entity, but does have a Last-
 | 
						||
   Modified date, it MAY use that date in an If-Range header. (The
 | 
						||
   server can distinguish between a valid HTTP-date and any form of
 | 
						||
   entity-tag by examining no more than two characters.) The If-Range
 | 
						||
   header SHOULD only be used together with a Range header, and MUST be
 | 
						||
   ignored if the request does not include a Range header, or if the
 | 
						||
   server does not support the sub-range operation.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the entity tag given in the If-Range header matches the current
 | 
						||
   entity tag for the entity, then the server SHOULD provide the
 | 
						||
   specified sub-range of the entity using a 206 (Partial content)
 | 
						||
   response. If the entity tag does not match, then the server SHOULD
 | 
						||
   return the entire entity using a 200 (OK) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.28 If-Unmodified-Since
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The If-Unmodified-Since request-header field is used with a method to
 | 
						||
   make it conditional. If the requested resource has not been modified
 | 
						||
   since the time specified in this field, the server SHOULD perform the
 | 
						||
   requested operation as if the If-Unmodified-Since header were not
 | 
						||
   present.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the requested variant has been modified since the specified time,
 | 
						||
   the server MUST NOT perform the requested operation, and MUST return
 | 
						||
   a 412 (Precondition Failed).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      If-Unmodified-Since = "If-Unmodified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example of the field is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       If-Unmodified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the request normally (i.e., without the If-Unmodified-Since
 | 
						||
   header) would result in anything other than a 2xx or 412 status, the
 | 
						||
   If-Unmodified-Since header SHOULD be ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the specified date is invalid, the header is ignored.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The result of a request having both an If-Unmodified-Since header
 | 
						||
   field and either an If-None-Match or an If-Modified-Since header
 | 
						||
   fields is undefined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.29 Last-Modified
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Last-Modified entity-header field indicates the date and time at
 | 
						||
   which the origin server believes the variant was last modified.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Last-Modified  = "Last-Modified" ":" HTTP-date
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 134]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example of its use is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Last-Modified: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 12:45:26 GMT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The exact meaning of this header field depends on the implementation
 | 
						||
   of the origin server and the nature of the original resource. For
 | 
						||
   files, it may be just the file system last-modified time. For
 | 
						||
   entities with dynamically included parts, it may be the most recent
 | 
						||
   of the set of last-modify times for its component parts. For database
 | 
						||
   gateways, it may be the last-update time stamp of the record. For
 | 
						||
   virtual objects, it may be the last time the internal state changed.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An origin server MUST NOT send a Last-Modified date which is later
 | 
						||
   than the server's time of message origination. In such cases, where
 | 
						||
   the resource's last modification would indicate some time in the
 | 
						||
   future, the server MUST replace that date with the message
 | 
						||
   origination date.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An origin server SHOULD obtain the Last-Modified value of the entity
 | 
						||
   as close as possible to the time that it generates the Date value of
 | 
						||
   its response. This allows a recipient to make an accurate assessment
 | 
						||
   of the entity's modification time, especially if the entity changes
 | 
						||
   near the time that the response is generated.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD send Last-Modified whenever feasible.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.30 Location
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient
 | 
						||
   to a location other than the Request-URI for completion of the
 | 
						||
   request or identification of a new resource. For 201 (Created)
 | 
						||
   responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created
 | 
						||
   by the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the
 | 
						||
   server's preferred URI for automatic redirection to the resource. The
 | 
						||
   field value consists of a single absolute URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Location       = "Location" ":" absoluteURI
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Location: http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/People.html
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: The Content-Location header field (section 14.14) differs
 | 
						||
      from Location in that the Content-Location identifies the original
 | 
						||
      location of the entity enclosed in the request. It is therefore
 | 
						||
      possible for a response to contain header fields for both Location
 | 
						||
      and Content-Location. Also see section 13.10 for cache
 | 
						||
      requirements of some methods.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 135]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.31 Max-Forwards
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Max-Forwards request-header field provides a mechanism with the
 | 
						||
   TRACE (section 9.8) and OPTIONS (section 9.2) methods to limit the
 | 
						||
   number of proxies or gateways that can forward the request to the
 | 
						||
   next inbound server. This can be useful when the client is attempting
 | 
						||
   to trace a request chain which appears to be failing or looping in
 | 
						||
   mid-chain.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Max-Forwards   = "Max-Forwards" ":" 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Max-Forwards value is a decimal integer indicating the remaining
 | 
						||
   number of times this request message may be forwarded.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Each proxy or gateway recipient of a TRACE or OPTIONS request
 | 
						||
   containing a Max-Forwards header field MUST check and update its
 | 
						||
   value prior to forwarding the request. If the received value is zero
 | 
						||
   (0), the recipient MUST NOT forward the request; instead, it MUST
 | 
						||
   respond as the final recipient. If the received Max-Forwards value is
 | 
						||
   greater than zero, then the forwarded message MUST contain an updated
 | 
						||
   Max-Forwards field with a value decremented by one (1).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Max-Forwards header field MAY be ignored for all other methods
 | 
						||
   defined by this specification and for any extension methods for which
 | 
						||
   it is not explicitly referred to as part of that method definition.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.32 Pragma
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Pragma general-header field is used to include implementation-
 | 
						||
   specific directives that might apply to any recipient along the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. All pragma directives specify optional
 | 
						||
   behavior from the viewpoint of the protocol; however, some systems
 | 
						||
   MAY require that behavior be consistent with the directives.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Pragma            = "Pragma" ":" 1#pragma-directive
 | 
						||
       pragma-directive  = "no-cache" | extension-pragma
 | 
						||
       extension-pragma  = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When the no-cache directive is present in a request message, an
 | 
						||
   application SHOULD forward the request toward the origin server even
 | 
						||
   if it has a cached copy of what is being requested. This pragma
 | 
						||
   directive has the same semantics as the no-cache cache-directive (see
 | 
						||
   section 14.9) and is defined here for backward compatibility with
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.0. Clients SHOULD include both header fields when a no-cache
 | 
						||
   request is sent to a server not known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 136]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Pragma directives MUST be passed through by a proxy or gateway
 | 
						||
   application, regardless of their significance to that application,
 | 
						||
   since the directives might be applicable to all recipients along the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a pragma for a
 | 
						||
   specific recipient; however, any pragma directive not relevant to a
 | 
						||
   recipient SHOULD be ignored by that recipient.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 caches SHOULD treat "Pragma: no-cache" as if the client had
 | 
						||
   sent "Cache-Control: no-cache". No new Pragma directives will be
 | 
						||
   defined in HTTP.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: because the meaning of "Pragma: no-cache as a response
 | 
						||
      header field is not actually specified, it does not provide a
 | 
						||
      reliable replacement for "Cache-Control: no-cache" in a response
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.33 Proxy-Authenticate
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Proxy-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included as part
 | 
						||
   of a 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response. The field value
 | 
						||
   consists of a challenge that indicates the authentication scheme and
 | 
						||
   parameters applicable to the proxy for this Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Proxy-Authenticate  = "Proxy-Authenticate" ":" 1#challenge
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
 | 
						||
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" [43]. Unlike
 | 
						||
   WWW-Authenticate, the Proxy-Authenticate header field applies only to
 | 
						||
   the current connection and SHOULD NOT be passed on to downstream
 | 
						||
   clients. However, an intermediate proxy might need to obtain its own
 | 
						||
   credentials by requesting them from the downstream client, which in
 | 
						||
   some circumstances will appear as if the proxy is forwarding the
 | 
						||
   Proxy-Authenticate header field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.34 Proxy-Authorization
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Proxy-Authorization request-header field allows the client to
 | 
						||
   identify itself (or its user) to a proxy which requires
 | 
						||
   authentication. The Proxy-Authorization field value consists of
 | 
						||
   credentials containing the authentication information of the user
 | 
						||
   agent for the proxy and/or realm of the resource being requested.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Proxy-Authorization     = "Proxy-Authorization" ":" credentials
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
 | 
						||
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" [43] . Unlike
 | 
						||
   Authorization, the Proxy-Authorization header field applies only to
 | 
						||
   the next outbound proxy that demanded authentication using the Proxy-
 | 
						||
   Authenticate field. When multiple proxies are used in a chain, the
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 137]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxy-Authorization header field is consumed by the first outbound
 | 
						||
   proxy that was expecting to receive credentials. A proxy MAY relay
 | 
						||
   the credentials from the client request to the next proxy if that is
 | 
						||
   the mechanism by which the proxies cooperatively authenticate a given
 | 
						||
   request.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.35 Range
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.35.1 Byte Ranges
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Since all HTTP entities are represented in HTTP messages as sequences
 | 
						||
   of bytes, the concept of a byte range is meaningful for any HTTP
 | 
						||
   entity. (However, not all clients and servers need to support byte-
 | 
						||
   range operations.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Byte range specifications in HTTP apply to the sequence of bytes in
 | 
						||
   the entity-body (not necessarily the same as the message-body).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A byte range operation MAY specify a single range of bytes, or a set
 | 
						||
   of ranges within a single entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       ranges-specifier = byte-ranges-specifier
 | 
						||
       byte-ranges-specifier = bytes-unit "=" byte-range-set
 | 
						||
       byte-range-set  = 1#( byte-range-spec | suffix-byte-range-spec )
 | 
						||
       byte-range-spec = first-byte-pos "-" [last-byte-pos]
 | 
						||
       first-byte-pos  = 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
       last-byte-pos   = 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The first-byte-pos value in a byte-range-spec gives the byte-offset
 | 
						||
   of the first byte in a range. The last-byte-pos value gives the
 | 
						||
   byte-offset of the last byte in the range; that is, the byte
 | 
						||
   positions specified are inclusive. Byte offsets start at zero.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the last-byte-pos value is present, it MUST be greater than or
 | 
						||
   equal to the first-byte-pos in that byte-range-spec, or the byte-
 | 
						||
   range-spec is syntactically invalid. The recipient of a byte-range-
 | 
						||
   set that includes one or more syntactically invalid byte-range-spec
 | 
						||
   values MUST ignore the header field that includes that byte-range-
 | 
						||
   set.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the last-byte-pos value is absent, or if the value is greater than
 | 
						||
   or equal to the current length of the entity-body, last-byte-pos is
 | 
						||
   taken to be equal to one less than the current length of the entity-
 | 
						||
   body in bytes.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   By its choice of last-byte-pos, a client can limit the number of
 | 
						||
   bytes retrieved without knowing the size of the entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 138]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       suffix-byte-range-spec = "-" suffix-length
 | 
						||
       suffix-length = 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A suffix-byte-range-spec is used to specify the suffix of the
 | 
						||
   entity-body, of a length given by the suffix-length value. (That is,
 | 
						||
   this form specifies the last N bytes of an entity-body.) If the
 | 
						||
   entity is shorter than the specified suffix-length, the entire
 | 
						||
   entity-body is used.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a syntactically valid byte-range-set includes at least one byte-
 | 
						||
   range-spec whose first-byte-pos is less than the current length of
 | 
						||
   the entity-body, or at least one suffix-byte-range-spec with a non-
 | 
						||
   zero suffix-length, then the byte-range-set is satisfiable.
 | 
						||
   Otherwise, the byte-range-set is unsatisfiable. If the byte-range-set
 | 
						||
   is unsatisfiable, the server SHOULD return a response with a status
 | 
						||
   of 416 (Requested range not satisfiable). Otherwise, the server
 | 
						||
   SHOULD return a response with a status of 206 (Partial Content)
 | 
						||
   containing the satisfiable ranges of the entity-body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples of byte-ranges-specifier values (assuming an entity-body of
 | 
						||
   length 10000):
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The first 500 bytes (byte offsets 0-499, inclusive):  bytes=0-
 | 
						||
        499
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The second 500 bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
 | 
						||
        bytes=500-999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The final 500 bytes (byte offsets 9500-9999, inclusive):
 | 
						||
        bytes=-500
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Or bytes=9500-
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The first and last bytes only (bytes 0 and 9999):  bytes=0-0,-1
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Several legal but not canonical specifications of the second 500
 | 
						||
        bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
 | 
						||
         bytes=500-600,601-999
 | 
						||
         bytes=500-700,601-999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.35.2 Range Retrieval Requests
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP retrieval requests using conditional or unconditional GET
 | 
						||
   methods MAY request one or more sub-ranges of the entity, instead of
 | 
						||
   the entire entity, using the Range request header, which applies to
 | 
						||
   the entity returned as the result of the request:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Range = "Range" ":" ranges-specifier
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 139]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server MAY ignore the Range header. However, HTTP/1.1 origin
 | 
						||
   servers and intermediate caches ought to support byte ranges when
 | 
						||
   possible, since Range supports efficient recovery from partially
 | 
						||
   failed transfers, and supports efficient partial retrieval of large
 | 
						||
   entities.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the server supports the Range header and the specified range or
 | 
						||
   ranges are appropriate for the entity:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The presence of a Range header in an unconditional GET modifies
 | 
						||
        what is returned if the GET is otherwise successful. In other
 | 
						||
        words, the response carries a status code of 206 (Partial
 | 
						||
        Content) instead of 200 (OK).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - The presence of a Range header in a conditional GET (a request
 | 
						||
        using one or both of If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match, or
 | 
						||
        one or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match) modifies what
 | 
						||
        is returned if the GET is otherwise successful and the
 | 
						||
        condition is true. It does not affect the 304 (Not Modified)
 | 
						||
        response returned if the conditional is false.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In some cases, it might be more appropriate to use the If-Range
 | 
						||
   header (see section 14.27) in addition to the Range header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a proxy that supports ranges receives a Range request, forwards
 | 
						||
   the request to an inbound server, and receives an entire entity in
 | 
						||
   reply, it SHOULD only return the requested range to its client. It
 | 
						||
   SHOULD store the entire received response in its cache if that is
 | 
						||
   consistent with its cache allocation policies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.36 Referer
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Referer[sic] request-header field allows the client to specify,
 | 
						||
   for the server's benefit, the address (URI) of the resource from
 | 
						||
   which the Request-URI was obtained (the "referrer", although the
 | 
						||
   header field is misspelled.) The Referer request-header allows a
 | 
						||
   server to generate lists of back-links to resources for interest,
 | 
						||
   logging, optimized caching, etc. It also allows obsolete or mistyped
 | 
						||
   links to be traced for maintenance. The Referer field MUST NOT be
 | 
						||
   sent if the Request-URI was obtained from a source that does not have
 | 
						||
   its own URI, such as input from the user keyboard.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Referer        = "Referer" ":" ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Example:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Referer: http://www.w3.org/hypertext/DataSources/Overview.html
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 140]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the field value is a relative URI, it SHOULD be interpreted
 | 
						||
   relative to the Request-URI. The URI MUST NOT include a fragment. See
 | 
						||
   section 15.1.3 for security considerations.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.37 Retry-After
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Retry-After response-header field can be used with a 503 (Service
 | 
						||
   Unavailable) response to indicate how long the service is expected to
 | 
						||
   be unavailable to the requesting client. This field MAY also be used
 | 
						||
   with any 3xx (Redirection) response to indicate the minimum time the
 | 
						||
   user-agent is asked wait before issuing the redirected request. The
 | 
						||
   value of this field can be either an HTTP-date or an integer number
 | 
						||
   of seconds (in decimal) after the time of the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Retry-After  = "Retry-After" ":" ( HTTP-date | delta-seconds )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Two examples of its use are
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Retry-After: Fri, 31 Dec 1999 23:59:59 GMT
 | 
						||
       Retry-After: 120
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In the latter example, the delay is 2 minutes.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.38 Server
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Server response-header field contains information about the
 | 
						||
   software used by the origin server to handle the request. The field
 | 
						||
   can contain multiple product tokens (section 3.8) and comments
 | 
						||
   identifying the server and any significant subproducts. The product
 | 
						||
   tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
 | 
						||
   application.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Server         = "Server" ":" 1*( product | comment )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Example:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Server: CERN/3.0 libwww/2.17
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the response is being forwarded through a proxy, the proxy
 | 
						||
   application MUST NOT modify the Server response-header. Instead, it
 | 
						||
   SHOULD include a Via field (as described in section 14.45).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Note: Revealing the specific software version of the server might
 | 
						||
      allow the server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks
 | 
						||
      against software that is known to contain security holes. Server
 | 
						||
      implementors are encouraged to make this field a configurable
 | 
						||
      option.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 141]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.39 TE
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The TE request-header field indicates what extension transfer-codings
 | 
						||
   it is willing to accept in the response and whether or not it is
 | 
						||
   willing to accept trailer fields in a chunked transfer-coding. Its
 | 
						||
   value may consist of the keyword "trailers" and/or a comma-separated
 | 
						||
   list of extension transfer-coding names with optional accept
 | 
						||
   parameters (as described in section 3.6).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       TE        = "TE" ":" #( t-codings )
 | 
						||
       t-codings = "trailers" | ( transfer-extension [ accept-params ] )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The presence of the keyword "trailers" indicates that the client is
 | 
						||
   willing to accept trailer fields in a chunked transfer-coding, as
 | 
						||
   defined in section 3.6.1. This keyword is reserved for use with
 | 
						||
   transfer-coding values even though it does not itself represent a
 | 
						||
   transfer-coding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Examples of its use are:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       TE: deflate
 | 
						||
       TE:
 | 
						||
       TE: trailers, deflate;q=0.5
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The TE header field only applies to the immediate connection.
 | 
						||
   Therefore, the keyword MUST be supplied within a Connection header
 | 
						||
   field (section 14.10) whenever TE is present in an HTTP/1.1 message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server tests whether a transfer-coding is acceptable, according to
 | 
						||
   a TE field, using these rules:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. The "chunked" transfer-coding is always acceptable. If the
 | 
						||
         keyword "trailers" is listed, the client indicates that it is
 | 
						||
         willing to accept trailer fields in the chunked response on
 | 
						||
         behalf of itself and any downstream clients. The implication is
 | 
						||
         that, if given, the client is stating that either all
 | 
						||
         downstream clients are willing to accept trailer fields in the
 | 
						||
         forwarded response, or that it will attempt to buffer the
 | 
						||
         response on behalf of downstream recipients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
         Note: HTTP/1.1 does not define any means to limit the size of a
 | 
						||
         chunked response such that a client can be assured of buffering
 | 
						||
         the entire response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. If the transfer-coding being tested is one of the transfer-
 | 
						||
         codings listed in the TE field, then it is acceptable unless it
 | 
						||
         is accompanied by a qvalue of 0. (As defined in section 3.9, a
 | 
						||
         qvalue of 0 means "not acceptable.")
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 142]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. If multiple transfer-codings are acceptable, then the
 | 
						||
         acceptable transfer-coding with the highest non-zero qvalue is
 | 
						||
         preferred.  The "chunked" transfer-coding always has a qvalue
 | 
						||
         of 1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If the TE field-value is empty or if no TE field is present, the only
 | 
						||
   transfer-coding  is "chunked". A message with no transfer-coding is
 | 
						||
   always acceptable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.40 Trailer
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Trailer general field value indicates that the given set of
 | 
						||
   header fields is present in the trailer of a message encoded with
 | 
						||
   chunked transfer-coding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Trailer  = "Trailer" ":" 1#field-name
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 message SHOULD include a Trailer header field in a
 | 
						||
   message using chunked transfer-coding with a non-empty trailer. Doing
 | 
						||
   so allows the recipient to know which header fields to expect in the
 | 
						||
   trailer.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If no Trailer header field is present, the trailer SHOULD NOT include
 | 
						||
   any header fields. See section 3.6.1 for restrictions on the use of
 | 
						||
   trailer fields in a "chunked" transfer-coding.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Message header fields listed in the Trailer header field MUST NOT
 | 
						||
   include the following header fields:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . Content-Length
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      . Trailer
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.41 Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any)
 | 
						||
   type of transformation has been applied to the message body in order
 | 
						||
   to safely transfer it between the sender and the recipient. This
 | 
						||
   differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding is a
 | 
						||
   property of the message, not of the entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
     Transfer-Encoding       = "Transfer-Encoding" ":" 1#transfer-coding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-codings are defined in section 3.6. An example is:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
     Transfer-Encoding: chunked
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 143]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity, the transfer-
 | 
						||
   codings MUST be listed in the order in which they were applied.
 | 
						||
   Additional information about the encoding parameters MAY be provided
 | 
						||
   by other entity-header fields not defined by this specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Many older HTTP/1.0 applications do not understand the Transfer-
 | 
						||
   Encoding header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.42 Upgrade
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Upgrade general-header allows the client to specify what
 | 
						||
   additional communication protocols it supports and would like to use
 | 
						||
   if the server finds it appropriate to switch protocols. The server
 | 
						||
   MUST use the Upgrade header field within a 101 (Switching Protocols)
 | 
						||
   response to indicate which protocol(s) are being switched.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Upgrade        = "Upgrade" ":" 1#product
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Upgrade: HTTP/2.0, SHTTP/1.3, IRC/6.9, RTA/x11
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Upgrade header field is intended to provide a simple mechanism
 | 
						||
   for transition from HTTP/1.1 to some other, incompatible protocol. It
 | 
						||
   does so by allowing the client to advertise its desire to use another
 | 
						||
   protocol, such as a later version of HTTP with a higher major version
 | 
						||
   number, even though the current request has been made using HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
   This eases the difficult transition between incompatible protocols by
 | 
						||
   allowing the client to initiate a request in the more commonly
 | 
						||
   supported protocol while indicating to the server that it would like
 | 
						||
   to use a "better" protocol if available (where "better" is determined
 | 
						||
   by the server, possibly according to the nature of the method and/or
 | 
						||
   resource being requested).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Upgrade header field only applies to switching application-layer
 | 
						||
   protocols upon the existing transport-layer connection. Upgrade
 | 
						||
   cannot be used to insist on a protocol change; its acceptance and use
 | 
						||
   by the server is optional. The capabilities and nature of the
 | 
						||
   application-layer communication after the protocol change is entirely
 | 
						||
   dependent upon the new protocol chosen, although the first action
 | 
						||
   after changing the protocol MUST be a response to the initial HTTP
 | 
						||
   request containing the Upgrade header field.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Upgrade header field only applies to the immediate connection.
 | 
						||
   Therefore, the upgrade keyword MUST be supplied within a Connection
 | 
						||
   header field (section 14.10) whenever Upgrade is present in an
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 144]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Upgrade header field cannot be used to indicate a switch to a
 | 
						||
   protocol on a different connection. For that purpose, it is more
 | 
						||
   appropriate to use a 301, 302, 303, or 305 redirection response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification only defines the protocol name "HTTP" for use by
 | 
						||
   the family of Hypertext Transfer Protocols, as defined by the HTTP
 | 
						||
   version rules of section 3.1 and future updates to this
 | 
						||
   specification. Any token can be used as a protocol name; however, it
 | 
						||
   will only be useful if both the client and server associate the name
 | 
						||
   with the same protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.43 User-Agent
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the
 | 
						||
   user agent originating the request. This is for statistical purposes,
 | 
						||
   the tracing of protocol violations, and automated recognition of user
 | 
						||
   agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid particular user
 | 
						||
   agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with
 | 
						||
   requests. The field can contain multiple product tokens (section 3.8)
 | 
						||
   and comments identifying the agent and any subproducts which form a
 | 
						||
   significant part of the user agent. By convention, the product tokens
 | 
						||
   are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
 | 
						||
   application.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       User-Agent     = "User-Agent" ":" 1*( product | comment )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Example:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.44 Vary
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Vary field value indicates the set of request-header fields that
 | 
						||
   fully determines, while the response is fresh, whether a cache is
 | 
						||
   permitted to use the response to reply to a subsequent request
 | 
						||
   without revalidation. For uncacheable or stale responses, the Vary
 | 
						||
   field value advises the user agent about the criteria that were used
 | 
						||
   to select the representation. A Vary field value of "*" implies that
 | 
						||
   a cache cannot determine from the request headers of a subsequent
 | 
						||
   request whether this response is the appropriate representation. See
 | 
						||
   section 13.6 for use of the Vary header field by caches.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Vary  = "Vary" ":" ( "*" | 1#field-name )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An HTTP/1.1 server SHOULD include a Vary header field with any
 | 
						||
   cacheable response that is subject to server-driven negotiation.
 | 
						||
   Doing so allows a cache to properly interpret future requests on that
 | 
						||
   resource and informs the user agent about the presence of negotiation
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 145]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   on that resource. A server MAY include a Vary header field with a
 | 
						||
   non-cacheable response that is subject to server-driven negotiation,
 | 
						||
   since this might provide the user agent with useful information about
 | 
						||
   the dimensions over which the response varies at the time of the
 | 
						||
   response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A Vary field value consisting of a list of field-names signals that
 | 
						||
   the representation selected for the response is based on a selection
 | 
						||
   algorithm which considers ONLY the listed request-header field values
 | 
						||
   in selecting the most appropriate representation. A cache MAY assume
 | 
						||
   that the same selection will be made for future requests with the
 | 
						||
   same values for the listed field names, for the duration of time for
 | 
						||
   which the response is fresh.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The field-names given are not limited to the set of standard
 | 
						||
   request-header fields defined by this specification. Field names are
 | 
						||
   case-insensitive.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A Vary field value of "*" signals that unspecified parameters not
 | 
						||
   limited to the request-headers (e.g., the network address of the
 | 
						||
   client), play a role in the selection of the response representation.
 | 
						||
   The "*" value MUST NOT be generated by a proxy server; it may only be
 | 
						||
   generated by an origin server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.45  Via
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Via general-header field MUST be used by gateways and proxies to
 | 
						||
   indicate the intermediate protocols and recipients between the user
 | 
						||
   agent and the server on requests, and between the origin server and
 | 
						||
   the client on responses. It is analogous to the "Received" field of
 | 
						||
   RFC 822 [9] and is intended to be used for tracking message forwards,
 | 
						||
   avoiding request loops, and identifying the protocol capabilities of
 | 
						||
   all senders along the request/response chain.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Via =  "Via" ":" 1#( received-protocol received-by [ comment ] )
 | 
						||
      received-protocol = [ protocol-name "/" ] protocol-version
 | 
						||
      protocol-name     = token
 | 
						||
      protocol-version  = token
 | 
						||
      received-by       = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
 | 
						||
      pseudonym         = token
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The received-protocol indicates the protocol version of the message
 | 
						||
   received by the server or client along each segment of the
 | 
						||
   request/response chain. The received-protocol version is appended to
 | 
						||
   the Via field value when the message is forwarded so that information
 | 
						||
   about the protocol capabilities of upstream applications remains
 | 
						||
   visible to all recipients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 146]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The protocol-name is optional if and only if it would be "HTTP". The
 | 
						||
   received-by field is normally the host and optional port number of a
 | 
						||
   recipient server or client that subsequently forwarded the message.
 | 
						||
   However, if the real host is considered to be sensitive information,
 | 
						||
   it MAY be replaced by a pseudonym. If the port is not given, it MAY
 | 
						||
   be assumed to be the default port of the received-protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Multiple Via field values represents each proxy or gateway that has
 | 
						||
   forwarded the message. Each recipient MUST append its information
 | 
						||
   such that the end result is ordered according to the sequence of
 | 
						||
   forwarding applications.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Comments MAY be used in the Via header field to identify the software
 | 
						||
   of the recipient proxy or gateway, analogous to the User-Agent and
 | 
						||
   Server header fields. However, all comments in the Via field are
 | 
						||
   optional and MAY be removed by any recipient prior to forwarding the
 | 
						||
   message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For example, a request message could be sent from an HTTP/1.0 user
 | 
						||
   agent to an internal proxy code-named "fred", which uses HTTP/1.1 to
 | 
						||
   forward the request to a public proxy at nowhere.com, which completes
 | 
						||
   the request by forwarding it to the origin server at www.ics.uci.edu.
 | 
						||
   The request received by www.ics.uci.edu would then have the following
 | 
						||
   Via header field:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Via: 1.0 fred, 1.1 nowhere.com (Apache/1.1)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxies and gateways used as a portal through a network firewall
 | 
						||
   SHOULD NOT, by default, forward the names and ports of hosts within
 | 
						||
   the firewall region. This information SHOULD only be propagated if
 | 
						||
   explicitly enabled. If not enabled, the received-by host of any host
 | 
						||
   behind the firewall SHOULD be replaced by an appropriate pseudonym
 | 
						||
   for that host.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For organizations that have strong privacy requirements for hiding
 | 
						||
   internal structures, a proxy MAY combine an ordered subsequence of
 | 
						||
   Via header field entries with identical received-protocol values into
 | 
						||
   a single such entry. For example,
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 ethel, 1.1 fred, 1.0 lucy
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        could be collapsed to
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 mertz, 1.0 lucy
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 147]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Applications SHOULD NOT combine multiple entries unless they are all
 | 
						||
   under the same organizational control and the hosts have already been
 | 
						||
   replaced by pseudonyms. Applications MUST NOT combine entries which
 | 
						||
   have different received-protocol values.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.46 Warning
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Warning general-header field is used to carry additional
 | 
						||
   information about the status or transformation of a message which
 | 
						||
   might not be reflected in the message. This information is typically
 | 
						||
   used to warn about a possible lack of semantic transparency from
 | 
						||
   caching operations or transformations applied to the entity body of
 | 
						||
   the message.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warning headers are sent with responses using:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Warning    = "Warning" ":" 1#warning-value
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       warning-value = warn-code SP warn-agent SP warn-text
 | 
						||
                                             [SP warn-date]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       warn-code  = 3DIGIT
 | 
						||
       warn-agent = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
 | 
						||
                       ; the name or pseudonym of the server adding
 | 
						||
                       ; the Warning header, for use in debugging
 | 
						||
       warn-text  = quoted-string
 | 
						||
       warn-date  = <"> HTTP-date <">
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A response MAY carry more than one Warning header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The warn-text SHOULD be in a natural language and character set that
 | 
						||
   is most likely to be intelligible to the human user receiving the
 | 
						||
   response. This decision MAY be based on any available knowledge, such
 | 
						||
   as the location of the cache or user, the Accept-Language field in a
 | 
						||
   request, the Content-Language field in a response, etc. The default
 | 
						||
   language is English and the default character set is ISO-8859-1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a character set other than ISO-8859-1 is used, it MUST be encoded
 | 
						||
   in the warn-text using the method described in RFC 2047 [14].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warning headers can in general be applied to any message, however
 | 
						||
   some specific warn-codes are specific to caches and can only be
 | 
						||
   applied to response messages. New Warning headers SHOULD be added
 | 
						||
   after any existing Warning headers. A cache MUST NOT delete any
 | 
						||
   Warning header that it received with a message. However, if a cache
 | 
						||
   successfully validates a cache entry, it SHOULD remove any Warning
 | 
						||
   headers previously attached to that entry except as specified for
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 148]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   specific Warning codes. It MUST then add any Warning headers received
 | 
						||
   in the validating response. In other words, Warning headers are those
 | 
						||
   that would be attached to the most recent relevant response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When multiple Warning headers are attached to a response, the user
 | 
						||
   agent ought to inform the user of as many of them as possible, in the
 | 
						||
   order that they appear in the response. If it is not possible to
 | 
						||
   inform the user of all of the warnings, the user agent SHOULD follow
 | 
						||
   these heuristics:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Warnings that appear early in the response take priority over
 | 
						||
        those appearing later in the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Warnings in the user's preferred character set take priority
 | 
						||
        over warnings in other character sets but with identical warn-
 | 
						||
        codes and warn-agents.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Systems that generate multiple Warning headers SHOULD order them with
 | 
						||
   this user agent behavior in mind.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Requirements for the behavior of caches with respect to Warnings are
 | 
						||
   stated in section 13.1.2.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This is a list of the currently-defined warn-codes, each with a
 | 
						||
   recommended warn-text in English, and a description of its meaning.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   110 Response is stale
 | 
						||
     MUST be included whenever the returned response is stale.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   111 Revalidation failed
 | 
						||
     MUST be included if a cache returns a stale response because an
 | 
						||
     attempt to revalidate the response failed, due to an inability to
 | 
						||
     reach the server.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   112 Disconnected operation
 | 
						||
     SHOULD be included if the cache is intentionally disconnected from
 | 
						||
     the rest of the network for a period of time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   113 Heuristic expiration
 | 
						||
     MUST be included if the cache heuristically chose a freshness
 | 
						||
     lifetime greater than 24 hours and the response's age is greater
 | 
						||
     than 24 hours.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   199 Miscellaneous warning
 | 
						||
     The warning text MAY include arbitrary information to be presented
 | 
						||
     to a human user, or logged. A system receiving this warning MUST
 | 
						||
     NOT take any automated action, besides presenting the warning to
 | 
						||
     the user.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 149]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   214 Transformation applied
 | 
						||
     MUST be added by an intermediate cache or proxy if it applies any
 | 
						||
     transformation changing the content-coding (as specified in the
 | 
						||
     Content-Encoding header) or media-type (as specified in the
 | 
						||
     Content-Type header) of the response, or the entity-body of the
 | 
						||
     response, unless this Warning code already appears in the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   299 Miscellaneous persistent warning
 | 
						||
     The warning text MAY include arbitrary information to be presented
 | 
						||
     to a human user, or logged. A system receiving this warning MUST
 | 
						||
     NOT take any automated action.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an implementation sends a message with one or more Warning headers
 | 
						||
   whose version is HTTP/1.0 or lower, then the sender MUST include in
 | 
						||
   each warning-value a warn-date that matches the date in the response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If an implementation receives a message with a warning-value that
 | 
						||
   includes a warn-date, and that warn-date is different from the Date
 | 
						||
   value in the response, then that warning-value MUST be deleted from
 | 
						||
   the message before storing, forwarding, or using it. (This prevents
 | 
						||
   bad consequences of naive caching of Warning header fields.) If all
 | 
						||
   of the warning-values are deleted for this reason, the Warning header
 | 
						||
   MUST be deleted as well.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
14.47 WWW-Authenticate
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The WWW-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included in 401
 | 
						||
   (Unauthorized) response messages. The field value consists of at
 | 
						||
   least one challenge that indicates the authentication scheme(s) and
 | 
						||
   parameters applicable to the Request-URI.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       WWW-Authenticate  = "WWW-Authenticate" ":" 1#challenge
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
 | 
						||
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" [43]. User
 | 
						||
   agents are advised to take special care in parsing the WWW-
 | 
						||
   Authenticate field value as it might contain more than one challenge,
 | 
						||
   or if more than one WWW-Authenticate header field is provided, the
 | 
						||
   contents of a challenge itself can contain a comma-separated list of
 | 
						||
   authentication parameters.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15 Security Considerations
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This section is meant to inform application developers, information
 | 
						||
   providers, and users of the security limitations in HTTP/1.1 as
 | 
						||
   described by this document. The discussion does not include
 | 
						||
   definitive solutions to the problems revealed, though it does make
 | 
						||
   some suggestions for reducing security risks.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 150]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.1 Personal Information
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP clients are often privy to large amounts of personal information
 | 
						||
   (e.g. the user's name, location, mail address, passwords, encryption
 | 
						||
   keys, etc.), and SHOULD be very careful to prevent unintentional
 | 
						||
   leakage of this information via the HTTP protocol to other sources.
 | 
						||
   We very strongly recommend that a convenient interface be provided
 | 
						||
   for the user to control dissemination of such information, and that
 | 
						||
   designers and implementors be particularly careful in this area.
 | 
						||
   History shows that errors in this area often create serious security
 | 
						||
   and/or privacy problems and generate highly adverse publicity for the
 | 
						||
   implementor's company.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.1.1 Abuse of Server Log Information
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A server is in the position to save personal data about a user's
 | 
						||
   requests which might identify their reading patterns or subjects of
 | 
						||
   interest. This information is clearly confidential in nature and its
 | 
						||
   handling can be constrained by law in certain countries. People using
 | 
						||
   the HTTP protocol to provide data are responsible for ensuring that
 | 
						||
   such material is not distributed without the permission of any
 | 
						||
   individuals that are identifiable by the published results.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.1.2 Transfer of Sensitive Information
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Like any generic data transfer protocol, HTTP cannot regulate the
 | 
						||
   content of the data that is transferred, nor is there any a priori
 | 
						||
   method of determining the sensitivity of any particular piece of
 | 
						||
   information within the context of any given request. Therefore,
 | 
						||
   applications SHOULD supply as much control over this information as
 | 
						||
   possible to the provider of that information. Four header fields are
 | 
						||
   worth special mention in this context: Server, Via, Referer and From.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Revealing the specific software version of the server might allow the
 | 
						||
   server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks against software
 | 
						||
   that is known to contain security holes. Implementors SHOULD make the
 | 
						||
   Server header field a configurable option.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxies which serve as a portal through a network firewall SHOULD
 | 
						||
   take special precautions regarding the transfer of header information
 | 
						||
   that identifies the hosts behind the firewall. In particular, they
 | 
						||
   SHOULD remove, or replace with sanitized versions, any Via fields
 | 
						||
   generated behind the firewall.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Referer header allows reading patterns to be studied and reverse
 | 
						||
   links drawn. Although it can be very useful, its power can be abused
 | 
						||
   if user details are not separated from the information contained in
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 151]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   the Referer. Even when the personal information has been removed, the
 | 
						||
   Referer header might indicate a private document's URI whose
 | 
						||
   publication would be inappropriate.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The information sent in the From field might conflict with the user's
 | 
						||
   privacy interests or their site's security policy, and hence it
 | 
						||
   SHOULD NOT be transmitted without the user being able to disable,
 | 
						||
   enable, and modify the contents of the field. The user MUST be able
 | 
						||
   to set the contents of this field within a user preference or
 | 
						||
   application defaults configuration.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   We suggest, though do not require, that a convenient toggle interface
 | 
						||
   be provided for the user to enable or disable the sending of From and
 | 
						||
   Referer information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The User-Agent (section 14.43) or Server (section 14.38) header
 | 
						||
   fields can sometimes be used to determine that a specific client or
 | 
						||
   server have a particular security hole which might be exploited.
 | 
						||
   Unfortunately, this same information is often used for other valuable
 | 
						||
   purposes for which HTTP currently has no better mechanism.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.1.3 Encoding Sensitive Information in URI's
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Because the source of a link might be private information or might
 | 
						||
   reveal an otherwise private information source, it is strongly
 | 
						||
   recommended that the user be able to select whether or not the
 | 
						||
   Referer field is sent. For example, a browser client could have a
 | 
						||
   toggle switch for browsing openly/anonymously, which would
 | 
						||
   respectively enable/disable the sending of Referer and From
 | 
						||
   information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients SHOULD NOT include a Referer header field in a (non-secure)
 | 
						||
   HTTP request if the referring page was transferred with a secure
 | 
						||
   protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Authors of services which use the HTTP protocol SHOULD NOT use GET
 | 
						||
   based forms for the submission of sensitive data, because this will
 | 
						||
   cause this data to be encoded in the Request-URI. Many existing
 | 
						||
   servers, proxies, and user agents will log the request URI in some
 | 
						||
   place where it might be visible to third parties. Servers can use
 | 
						||
   POST-based form submission instead
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.1.4 Privacy Issues Connected to Accept Headers
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Accept request-headers can reveal information about the user to all
 | 
						||
   servers which are accessed. The Accept-Language header in particular
 | 
						||
   can reveal information the user would consider to be of a private
 | 
						||
   nature, because the understanding of particular languages is often
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 152]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   strongly correlated to the membership of a particular ethnic group.
 | 
						||
   User agents which offer the option to configure the contents of an
 | 
						||
   Accept-Language header to be sent in every request are strongly
 | 
						||
   encouraged to let the configuration process include a message which
 | 
						||
   makes the user aware of the loss of privacy involved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An approach that limits the loss of privacy would be for a user agent
 | 
						||
   to omit the sending of Accept-Language headers by default, and to ask
 | 
						||
   the user whether or not to start sending Accept-Language headers to a
 | 
						||
   server if it detects, by looking for any Vary response-header fields
 | 
						||
   generated by the server, that such sending could improve the quality
 | 
						||
   of service.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Elaborate user-customized accept header fields sent in every request,
 | 
						||
   in particular if these include quality values, can be used by servers
 | 
						||
   as relatively reliable and long-lived user identifiers. Such user
 | 
						||
   identifiers would allow content providers to do click-trail tracking,
 | 
						||
   and would allow collaborating content providers to match cross-server
 | 
						||
   click-trails or form submissions of individual users. Note that for
 | 
						||
   many users not behind a proxy, the network address of the host
 | 
						||
   running the user agent will also serve as a long-lived user
 | 
						||
   identifier. In environments where proxies are used to enhance
 | 
						||
   privacy, user agents ought to be conservative in offering accept
 | 
						||
   header configuration options to end users. As an extreme privacy
 | 
						||
   measure, proxies could filter the accept headers in relayed requests.
 | 
						||
   General purpose user agents which provide a high degree of header
 | 
						||
   configurability SHOULD warn users about the loss of privacy which can
 | 
						||
   be involved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.2 Attacks Based On File and Path Names
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Implementations of HTTP origin servers SHOULD be careful to restrict
 | 
						||
   the documents returned by HTTP requests to be only those that were
 | 
						||
   intended by the server administrators. If an HTTP server translates
 | 
						||
   HTTP URIs directly into file system calls, the server MUST take
 | 
						||
   special care not to serve files that were not intended to be
 | 
						||
   delivered to HTTP clients. For example, UNIX, Microsoft Windows, and
 | 
						||
   other operating systems use ".." as a path component to indicate a
 | 
						||
   directory level above the current one. On such a system, an HTTP
 | 
						||
   server MUST disallow any such construct in the Request-URI if it
 | 
						||
   would otherwise allow access to a resource outside those intended to
 | 
						||
   be accessible via the HTTP server. Similarly, files intended for
 | 
						||
   reference only internally to the server (such as access control
 | 
						||
   files, configuration files, and script code) MUST be protected from
 | 
						||
   inappropriate retrieval, since they might contain sensitive
 | 
						||
   information. Experience has shown that minor bugs in such HTTP server
 | 
						||
   implementations have turned into security risks.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 153]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.3 DNS Spoofing
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients using HTTP rely heavily on the Domain Name Service, and are
 | 
						||
   thus generally prone to security attacks based on the deliberate
 | 
						||
   mis-association of IP addresses and DNS names. Clients need to be
 | 
						||
   cautious in assuming the continuing validity of an IP number/DNS name
 | 
						||
   association.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In particular, HTTP clients SHOULD rely on their name resolver for
 | 
						||
   confirmation of an IP number/DNS name association, rather than
 | 
						||
   caching the result of previous host name lookups. Many platforms
 | 
						||
   already can cache host name lookups locally when appropriate, and
 | 
						||
   they SHOULD be configured to do so. It is proper for these lookups to
 | 
						||
   be cached, however, only when the TTL (Time To Live) information
 | 
						||
   reported by the name server makes it likely that the cached
 | 
						||
   information will remain useful.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If HTTP clients cache the results of host name lookups in order to
 | 
						||
   achieve a performance improvement, they MUST observe the TTL
 | 
						||
   information reported by DNS.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If HTTP clients do not observe this rule, they could be spoofed when
 | 
						||
   a previously-accessed server's IP address changes. As network
 | 
						||
   renumbering is expected to become increasingly common [24], the
 | 
						||
   possibility of this form of attack will grow. Observing this
 | 
						||
   requirement thus reduces this potential security vulnerability.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This requirement also improves the load-balancing behavior of clients
 | 
						||
   for replicated servers using the same DNS name and reduces the
 | 
						||
   likelihood of a user's experiencing failure in accessing sites which
 | 
						||
   use that strategy.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.4 Location Headers and Spoofing
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If a single server supports multiple organizations that do not trust
 | 
						||
   one another, then it MUST check the values of Location and Content-
 | 
						||
   Location headers in responses that are generated under control of
 | 
						||
   said organizations to make sure that they do not attempt to
 | 
						||
   invalidate resources over which they have no authority.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.5 Content-Disposition Issues
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   RFC 1806 [35], from which the often implemented Content-Disposition
 | 
						||
   (see section 19.5.1) header in HTTP is derived, has a number of very
 | 
						||
   serious security considerations. Content-Disposition is not part of
 | 
						||
   the HTTP standard, but since it is widely implemented, we are
 | 
						||
   documenting its use and risks for implementors. See RFC 2183 [49]
 | 
						||
   (which updates RFC 1806) for details.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 154]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.6 Authentication Credentials and Idle Clients
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Existing HTTP clients and user agents typically retain authentication
 | 
						||
   information indefinitely. HTTP/1.1. does not provide a method for a
 | 
						||
   server to direct clients to discard these cached credentials. This is
 | 
						||
   a significant defect that requires further extensions to HTTP.
 | 
						||
   Circumstances under which credential caching can interfere with the
 | 
						||
   application's security model include but are not limited to:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Clients which have been idle for an extended period following
 | 
						||
        which the server might wish to cause the client to reprompt the
 | 
						||
        user for credentials.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Applications which include a session termination indication
 | 
						||
        (such as a `logout' or `commit' button on a page) after which
 | 
						||
        the server side of the application `knows' that there is no
 | 
						||
        further reason for the client to retain the credentials.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This is currently under separate study. There are a number of work-
 | 
						||
   arounds to parts of this problem, and we encourage the use of
 | 
						||
   password protection in screen savers, idle time-outs, and other
 | 
						||
   methods which mitigate the security problems inherent in this
 | 
						||
   problem. In particular, user agents which cache credentials are
 | 
						||
   encouraged to provide a readily accessible mechanism for discarding
 | 
						||
   cached credentials under user control.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.7 Proxies and Caching
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   By their very nature, HTTP proxies are men-in-the-middle, and
 | 
						||
   represent an opportunity for man-in-the-middle attacks. Compromise of
 | 
						||
   the systems on which the proxies run can result in serious security
 | 
						||
   and privacy problems. Proxies have access to security-related
 | 
						||
   information, personal information about individual users and
 | 
						||
   organizations, and proprietary information belonging to users and
 | 
						||
   content providers. A compromised proxy, or a proxy implemented or
 | 
						||
   configured without regard to security and privacy considerations,
 | 
						||
   might be used in the commission of a wide range of potential attacks.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxy operators should protect the systems on which proxies run as
 | 
						||
   they would protect any system that contains or transports sensitive
 | 
						||
   information. In particular, log information gathered at proxies often
 | 
						||
   contains highly sensitive personal information, and/or information
 | 
						||
   about organizations. Log information should be carefully guarded, and
 | 
						||
   appropriate guidelines for use developed and followed. (Section
 | 
						||
   15.1.1).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 155]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Caching proxies provide additional potential vulnerabilities, since
 | 
						||
   the contents of the cache represent an attractive target for
 | 
						||
   malicious exploitation. Because cache contents persist after an HTTP
 | 
						||
   request is complete, an attack on the cache can reveal information
 | 
						||
   long after a user believes that the information has been removed from
 | 
						||
   the network. Therefore, cache contents should be protected as
 | 
						||
   sensitive information.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxy implementors should consider the privacy and security
 | 
						||
   implications of their design and coding decisions, and of the
 | 
						||
   configuration options they provide to proxy operators (especially the
 | 
						||
   default configuration).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Users of a proxy need to be aware that they are no trustworthier than
 | 
						||
   the people who run the proxy; HTTP itself cannot solve this problem.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The judicious use of cryptography, when appropriate, may suffice to
 | 
						||
   protect against a broad range of security and privacy attacks. Such
 | 
						||
   cryptography is beyond the scope of the HTTP/1.1 specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
15.7.1 Denial of Service Attacks on Proxies
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   They exist. They are hard to defend against. Research continues.
 | 
						||
   Beware.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
16 Acknowledgments
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification makes heavy use of the augmented BNF and generic
 | 
						||
   constructs defined by David H. Crocker for RFC 822 [9]. Similarly, it
 | 
						||
   reuses many of the definitions provided by Nathaniel Borenstein and
 | 
						||
   Ned Freed for MIME [7]. We hope that their inclusion in this
 | 
						||
   specification will help reduce past confusion over the relationship
 | 
						||
   between HTTP and Internet mail message formats.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The HTTP protocol has evolved considerably over the years. It has
 | 
						||
   benefited from a large and active developer community--the many
 | 
						||
   people who have participated on the www-talk mailing list--and it is
 | 
						||
   that community which has been most responsible for the success of
 | 
						||
   HTTP and of the World-Wide Web in general. Marc Andreessen, Robert
 | 
						||
   Cailliau, Daniel W. Connolly, Bob Denny, John Franks, Jean-Francois
 | 
						||
   Groff, Phillip M. Hallam-Baker, Hakon W. Lie, Ari Luotonen, Rob
 | 
						||
   McCool, Lou Montulli, Dave Raggett, Tony Sanders, and Marc
 | 
						||
   VanHeyningen deserve special recognition for their efforts in
 | 
						||
   defining early aspects of the protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This document has benefited greatly from the comments of all those
 | 
						||
   participating in the HTTP-WG. In addition to those already mentioned,
 | 
						||
   the following individuals have contributed to this specification:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 156]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Gary Adams                  Ross Patterson
 | 
						||
       Harald Tveit Alvestrand     Albert Lunde
 | 
						||
       Keith Ball                  John C. Mallery
 | 
						||
       Brian Behlendorf            Jean-Philippe Martin-Flatin
 | 
						||
       Paul Burchard               Mitra
 | 
						||
       Maurizio Codogno            David Morris
 | 
						||
       Mike Cowlishaw              Gavin Nicol
 | 
						||
       Roman Czyborra              Bill Perry
 | 
						||
       Michael A. Dolan            Jeffrey Perry
 | 
						||
       David J. Fiander            Scott Powers
 | 
						||
       Alan Freier                 Owen Rees
 | 
						||
       Marc Hedlund                Luigi Rizzo
 | 
						||
       Greg Herlihy                David Robinson
 | 
						||
       Koen Holtman                Marc Salomon
 | 
						||
       Alex Hopmann                Rich Salz
 | 
						||
       Bob Jernigan                Allan M. Schiffman
 | 
						||
       Shel Kaphan                 Jim Seidman
 | 
						||
       Rohit Khare                 Chuck Shotton
 | 
						||
       John Klensin                Eric W. Sink
 | 
						||
       Martijn Koster              Simon E. Spero
 | 
						||
       Alexei Kosut                Richard N. Taylor
 | 
						||
       David M. Kristol            Robert S. Thau
 | 
						||
       Daniel LaLiberte            Bill (BearHeart) Weinman
 | 
						||
       Ben Laurie                  Francois Yergeau
 | 
						||
       Paul J. Leach               Mary Ellen Zurko
 | 
						||
       Daniel DuBois               Josh Cohen
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Much of the content and presentation of the caching design is due to
 | 
						||
   suggestions and comments from individuals including: Shel Kaphan,
 | 
						||
   Paul Leach, Koen Holtman, David Morris, and Larry Masinter.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Most of the specification of ranges is based on work originally done
 | 
						||
   by Ari Luotonen and John Franks, with additional input from Steve
 | 
						||
   Zilles.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Thanks to the "cave men" of Palo Alto. You know who you are.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Jim Gettys (the current editor of this document) wishes particularly
 | 
						||
   to thank Roy Fielding, the previous editor of this document, along
 | 
						||
   with John Klensin, Jeff Mogul, Paul Leach, Dave Kristol, Koen
 | 
						||
   Holtman, John Franks, Josh Cohen, Alex Hopmann, Scott Lawrence, and
 | 
						||
   Larry Masinter for their help. And thanks go particularly to Jeff
 | 
						||
   Mogul and Scott Lawrence for performing the "MUST/MAY/SHOULD" audit.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 157]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Apache Group, Anselm Baird-Smith, author of Jigsaw, and Henrik
 | 
						||
   Frystyk implemented RFC 2068 early, and we wish to thank them for the
 | 
						||
   discovery of many of the problems that this document attempts to
 | 
						||
   rectify.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
17 References
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [1] Alvestrand, H., "Tags for the Identification of Languages", RFC
 | 
						||
       1766, March 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [2] Anklesaria, F., McCahill, M., Lindner, P., Johnson, D., Torrey,
 | 
						||
       D. and B. Alberti, "The Internet Gopher Protocol (a distributed
 | 
						||
       document search and retrieval protocol)", RFC 1436, March 1993.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [3] Berners-Lee, T., "Universal Resource Identifiers in WWW", RFC
 | 
						||
       1630, June 1994.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [4] Berners-Lee, T., Masinter, L. and M. McCahill, "Uniform Resource
 | 
						||
       Locators (URL)", RFC 1738, December 1994.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [5] Berners-Lee, T. and D. Connolly, "Hypertext Markup Language -
 | 
						||
       2.0", RFC 1866, November 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [6] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R. and H. Frystyk, "Hypertext Transfer
 | 
						||
       Protocol -- HTTP/1.0", RFC 1945, May 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [7] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
 | 
						||
       Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies",
 | 
						||
       RFC 2045, November 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [8] Braden, R., "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Communication
 | 
						||
       Layers", STD 3, RFC 1123, October 1989.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [9] Crocker, D., "Standard for The Format of ARPA Internet Text
 | 
						||
       Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, August 1982.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [10] Davis, F., Kahle, B., Morris, H., Salem, J., Shen, T., Wang, R.,
 | 
						||
        Sui, J., and M. Grinbaum, "WAIS Interface Protocol Prototype
 | 
						||
        Functional Specification," (v1.5), Thinking Machines
 | 
						||
        Corporation, April 1990.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [11] Fielding, R., "Relative Uniform Resource Locators", RFC 1808,
 | 
						||
        June 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [12] Horton, M. and R. Adams, "Standard for Interchange of USENET
 | 
						||
        Messages", RFC 1036, December 1987.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 158]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [13] Kantor, B. and P. Lapsley, "Network News Transfer Protocol", RFC
 | 
						||
        977, February 1986.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [14] Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part
 | 
						||
        Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text", RFC 2047,
 | 
						||
        November 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [15] Nebel, E. and L. Masinter, "Form-based File Upload in HTML", RFC
 | 
						||
        1867, November 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [16] Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10, RFC 821,
 | 
						||
        August 1982.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [17] Postel, J., "Media Type Registration Procedure", RFC 1590,
 | 
						||
        November 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [18] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "File Transfer Protocol", STD 9, RFC
 | 
						||
        959, October 1985.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [19] Reynolds, J. and J. Postel, "Assigned Numbers", STD 2, RFC 1700,
 | 
						||
        October 1994.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [20] Sollins, K. and L. Masinter, "Functional Requirements for
 | 
						||
        Uniform Resource Names", RFC 1737, December 1994.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [21] US-ASCII. Coded Character Set - 7-Bit American Standard Code for
 | 
						||
        Information Interchange. Standard ANSI X3.4-1986, ANSI, 1986.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [22] ISO-8859. International Standard -- Information Processing --
 | 
						||
        8-bit Single-Byte Coded Graphic Character Sets --
 | 
						||
        Part 1: Latin alphabet No. 1, ISO-8859-1:1987.
 | 
						||
        Part 2: Latin alphabet No. 2, ISO-8859-2, 1987.
 | 
						||
        Part 3: Latin alphabet No. 3, ISO-8859-3, 1988.
 | 
						||
        Part 4: Latin alphabet No. 4, ISO-8859-4, 1988.
 | 
						||
        Part 5: Latin/Cyrillic alphabet, ISO-8859-5, 1988.
 | 
						||
        Part 6: Latin/Arabic alphabet, ISO-8859-6, 1987.
 | 
						||
        Part 7: Latin/Greek alphabet, ISO-8859-7, 1987.
 | 
						||
        Part 8: Latin/Hebrew alphabet, ISO-8859-8, 1988.
 | 
						||
        Part 9: Latin alphabet No. 5, ISO-8859-9, 1990.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [23] Meyers, J. and M. Rose, "The Content-MD5 Header Field", RFC
 | 
						||
        1864, October 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [24] Carpenter, B. and Y. Rekhter, "Renumbering Needs Work", RFC
 | 
						||
        1900, February 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [25] Deutsch, P., "GZIP file format specification version 4.3", RFC
 | 
						||
        1952, May 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 159]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [26] Venkata N. Padmanabhan, and Jeffrey C. Mogul. "Improving HTTP
 | 
						||
        Latency", Computer Networks and ISDN Systems, v. 28, pp. 25-35,
 | 
						||
        Dec. 1995. Slightly revised version of paper in Proc. 2nd
 | 
						||
        International WWW Conference '94: Mosaic and the Web, Oct. 1994,
 | 
						||
        which is available at
 | 
						||
        http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/SDG/IT94/Proceedings/DDay/mogul/HTTPLat
 | 
						||
        ency.html.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [27] Joe Touch, John Heidemann, and Katia Obraczka. "Analysis of HTTP
 | 
						||
        Performance", <URL: http://www.isi.edu/touch/pubs/http-perf96/>,
 | 
						||
        ISI Research Report ISI/RR-98-463, (original report dated Aug.
 | 
						||
        1996), USC/Information Sciences Institute, August 1998.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [28] Mills, D., "Network Time Protocol (Version 3) Specification,
 | 
						||
        Implementation and Analysis", RFC 1305, March 1992.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [29] Deutsch, P., "DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification
 | 
						||
        version 1.3", RFC 1951, May 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [30] S. Spero, "Analysis of HTTP Performance Problems,"
 | 
						||
        http://sunsite.unc.edu/mdma-release/http-prob.html.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [31] Deutsch, P. and J. Gailly, "ZLIB Compressed Data Format
 | 
						||
        Specification version 3.3", RFC 1950, May 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [32] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Leach, P.,
 | 
						||
        Luotonen, A., Sink, E. and L. Stewart, "An Extension to HTTP:
 | 
						||
        Digest Access Authentication", RFC 2069, January 1997.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [33] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H. and T.
 | 
						||
        Berners-Lee, "Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1", RFC
 | 
						||
        2068, January 1997.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [34] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
 | 
						||
        Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [35] Troost, R. and Dorner, S., "Communicating Presentation
 | 
						||
        Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition
 | 
						||
        Header", RFC 1806, June 1995.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [36] Mogul, J., Fielding, R., Gettys, J. and H. Frystyk, "Use and
 | 
						||
        Interpretation of HTTP Version Numbers", RFC 2145, May 1997.
 | 
						||
        [jg639]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [37] Palme, J., "Common Internet Message Headers", RFC 2076, February
 | 
						||
        1997. [jg640]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 160]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [38] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of Unicode and
 | 
						||
        ISO-10646", RFC 2279, January 1998. [jg641]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [39] Nielsen, H.F., Gettys, J., Baird-Smith, A., Prud'hommeaux, E.,
 | 
						||
        Lie, H., and C. Lilley. "Network Performance Effects of
 | 
						||
        HTTP/1.1, CSS1, and PNG," Proceedings of ACM SIGCOMM '97, Cannes
 | 
						||
        France, September 1997.[jg642]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [40] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
 | 
						||
        Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types", RFC 2046, November
 | 
						||
        1996. [jg643]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [41] Alvestrand, H., "IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages",
 | 
						||
        BCP 18, RFC 2277, January 1998. [jg644]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [42] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R. and L. Masinter, "Uniform Resource
 | 
						||
        Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax and Semantics", RFC 2396,
 | 
						||
        August 1998. [jg645]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [43] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Lawrence, S.,
 | 
						||
        Leach, P., Luotonen, A., Sink, E. and L. Stewart, "HTTP
 | 
						||
        Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication", RFC
 | 
						||
        2617, June 1999. [jg646]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [44] Luotonen, A., "Tunneling TCP based protocols through Web proxy
 | 
						||
        servers," Work in Progress. [jg647]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [45] Palme, J. and A. Hopmann, "MIME E-mail Encapsulation of
 | 
						||
        Aggregate Documents, such as HTML (MHTML)", RFC 2110, March
 | 
						||
        1997.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [46] Bradner, S., "The Internet Standards Process -- Revision 3", BCP
 | 
						||
        9, RFC 2026, October 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [47] Masinter, L., "Hyper Text Coffee Pot Control Protocol
 | 
						||
        (HTCPCP/1.0)", RFC 2324, 1 April 1998.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [48] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
 | 
						||
        Extensions (MIME) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and Examples",
 | 
						||
        RFC 2049, November 1996.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   [49] Troost, R., Dorner, S. and K. Moore, "Communicating Presentation
 | 
						||
        Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header
 | 
						||
        Field", RFC 2183, August 1997.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 161]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
18 Authors' Addresses
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Roy T. Fielding
 | 
						||
   Information and Computer Science
 | 
						||
   University of California, Irvine
 | 
						||
   Irvine, CA 92697-3425, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Fax: +1 (949) 824-1715
 | 
						||
   EMail: fielding@ics.uci.edu
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   James Gettys
 | 
						||
   World Wide Web Consortium
 | 
						||
   MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
 | 
						||
   545 Technology Square
 | 
						||
   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
 | 
						||
   EMail: jg@w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Jeffrey C. Mogul
 | 
						||
   Western Research Laboratory
 | 
						||
   Compaq Computer Corporation
 | 
						||
   250 University Avenue
 | 
						||
   Palo Alto, California, 94305, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   EMail: mogul@wrl.dec.com
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Henrik Frystyk Nielsen
 | 
						||
   World Wide Web Consortium
 | 
						||
   MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
 | 
						||
   545 Technology Square
 | 
						||
   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
 | 
						||
   EMail: frystyk@w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Larry Masinter
 | 
						||
   Xerox Corporation
 | 
						||
   3333 Coyote Hill Road
 | 
						||
   Palo Alto, CA 94034, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   EMail: masinter@parc.xerox.com
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 162]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Paul J. Leach
 | 
						||
   Microsoft Corporation
 | 
						||
   1 Microsoft Way
 | 
						||
   Redmond, WA 98052, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   EMail: paulle@microsoft.com
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Tim Berners-Lee
 | 
						||
   Director, World Wide Web Consortium
 | 
						||
   MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
 | 
						||
   545 Technology Square
 | 
						||
   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
 | 
						||
   EMail: timbl@w3.org
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 163]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19 Appendices
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.1 Internet Media Type message/http and application/http
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   In addition to defining the HTTP/1.1 protocol, this document serves
 | 
						||
   as the specification for the Internet media type "message/http" and
 | 
						||
   "application/http". The message/http type can be used to enclose a
 | 
						||
   single HTTP request or response message, provided that it obeys the
 | 
						||
   MIME restrictions for all "message" types regarding line length and
 | 
						||
   encodings. The application/http type can be used to enclose a
 | 
						||
   pipeline of one or more HTTP request or response messages (not
 | 
						||
   intermixed). The following is to be registered with IANA [17].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Media Type name:         message
 | 
						||
       Media subtype name:      http
 | 
						||
       Required parameters:     none
 | 
						||
       Optional parameters:     version, msgtype
 | 
						||
        version: The HTTP-Version number of the enclosed message
 | 
						||
                 (e.g., "1.1"). If not present, the version can be
 | 
						||
                 determined from the first line of the body.
 | 
						||
        msgtype: The message type -- "request" or "response". If not
 | 
						||
                 present, the type can be determined from the first
 | 
						||
                 line of the body.
 | 
						||
       Encoding considerations: only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are
 | 
						||
                                permitted
 | 
						||
       Security considerations: none
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Media Type name:         application
 | 
						||
       Media subtype name:      http
 | 
						||
       Required parameters:     none
 | 
						||
       Optional parameters:     version, msgtype
 | 
						||
        version: The HTTP-Version number of the enclosed messages
 | 
						||
                 (e.g., "1.1"). If not present, the version can be
 | 
						||
                 determined from the first line of the body.
 | 
						||
        msgtype: The message type -- "request" or "response". If not
 | 
						||
                 present, the type can be determined from the first
 | 
						||
                 line of the body.
 | 
						||
       Encoding considerations: HTTP messages enclosed by this type
 | 
						||
                 are in "binary" format; use of an appropriate
 | 
						||
                 Content-Transfer-Encoding is required when
 | 
						||
                 transmitted via E-mail.
 | 
						||
       Security considerations: none
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 164]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.2 Internet Media Type multipart/byteranges
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   When an HTTP 206 (Partial Content) response message includes the
 | 
						||
   content of multiple ranges (a response to a request for multiple
 | 
						||
   non-overlapping ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart
 | 
						||
   message-body. The media type for this purpose is called
 | 
						||
   "multipart/byteranges".
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The multipart/byteranges media type includes two or more parts, each
 | 
						||
   with its own Content-Type and Content-Range fields. The required
 | 
						||
   boundary parameter specifies the boundary string used to separate
 | 
						||
   each body-part.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       Media Type name:         multipart
 | 
						||
       Media subtype name:      byteranges
 | 
						||
       Required parameters:     boundary
 | 
						||
       Optional parameters:     none
 | 
						||
       Encoding considerations: only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are
 | 
						||
                                permitted
 | 
						||
       Security considerations: none
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For example:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content
 | 
						||
   Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
 | 
						||
   Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
 | 
						||
   Content-type: multipart/byteranges; boundary=THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
 | 
						||
   Content-type: application/pdf
 | 
						||
   Content-range: bytes 500-999/8000
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   ...the first range...
 | 
						||
   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
 | 
						||
   Content-type: application/pdf
 | 
						||
   Content-range: bytes 7000-7999/8000
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   ...the second range
 | 
						||
   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES--
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Notes:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1) Additional CRLFs may precede the first boundary string in the
 | 
						||
         entity.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 165]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2) Although RFC 2046 [40] permits the boundary string to be
 | 
						||
         quoted, some existing implementations handle a quoted boundary
 | 
						||
         string incorrectly.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3) A number of browsers and servers were coded to an early draft
 | 
						||
         of the byteranges specification to use a media type of
 | 
						||
         multipart/x-byteranges, which is almost, but not quite
 | 
						||
         compatible with the version documented in HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.3 Tolerant Applications
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Although this document specifies the requirements for the generation
 | 
						||
   of HTTP/1.1 messages, not all applications will be correct in their
 | 
						||
   implementation. We therefore recommend that operational applications
 | 
						||
   be tolerant of deviations whenever those deviations can be
 | 
						||
   interpreted unambiguously.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clients SHOULD be tolerant in parsing the Status-Line and servers
 | 
						||
   tolerant when parsing the Request-Line. In particular, they SHOULD
 | 
						||
   accept any amount of SP or HT characters between fields, even though
 | 
						||
   only a single SP is required.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The line terminator for message-header fields is the sequence CRLF.
 | 
						||
   However, we recommend that applications, when parsing such headers,
 | 
						||
   recognize a single LF as a line terminator and ignore the leading CR.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The character set of an entity-body SHOULD be labeled as the lowest
 | 
						||
   common denominator of the character codes used within that body, with
 | 
						||
   the exception that not labeling the entity is preferred over labeling
 | 
						||
   the entity with the labels US-ASCII or ISO-8859-1. See section 3.7.1
 | 
						||
   and 3.4.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Additional rules for requirements on parsing and encoding of dates
 | 
						||
   and other potential problems with date encodings include:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - HTTP/1.1 clients and caches SHOULD assume that an RFC-850 date
 | 
						||
        which appears to be more than 50 years in the future is in fact
 | 
						||
        in the past (this helps solve the "year 2000" problem).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - An HTTP/1.1 implementation MAY internally represent a parsed
 | 
						||
        Expires date as earlier than the proper value, but MUST NOT
 | 
						||
        internally represent a parsed Expires date as later than the
 | 
						||
        proper value.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - All expiration-related calculations MUST be done in GMT. The
 | 
						||
        local time zone MUST NOT influence the calculation or comparison
 | 
						||
        of an age or expiration time.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 166]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - If an HTTP header incorrectly carries a date value with a time
 | 
						||
        zone other than GMT, it MUST be converted into GMT using the
 | 
						||
        most conservative possible conversion.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4 Differences Between HTTP Entities and RFC 2045 Entities
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 uses many of the constructs defined for Internet Mail (RFC
 | 
						||
   822 [9]) and the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME [7]) to
 | 
						||
   allow entities to be transmitted in an open variety of
 | 
						||
   representations and with extensible mechanisms. However, RFC 2045
 | 
						||
   discusses mail, and HTTP has a few features that are different from
 | 
						||
   those described in RFC 2045. These differences were carefully chosen
 | 
						||
   to optimize performance over binary connections, to allow greater
 | 
						||
   freedom in the use of new media types, to make date comparisons
 | 
						||
   easier, and to acknowledge the practice of some early HTTP servers
 | 
						||
   and clients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This appendix describes specific areas where HTTP differs from RFC
 | 
						||
   2045. Proxies and gateways to strict MIME environments SHOULD be
 | 
						||
   aware of these differences and provide the appropriate conversions
 | 
						||
   where necessary. Proxies and gateways from MIME environments to HTTP
 | 
						||
   also need to be aware of the differences because some conversions
 | 
						||
   might be required.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.1 MIME-Version
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP is not a MIME-compliant protocol. However, HTTP/1.1 messages MAY
 | 
						||
   include a single MIME-Version general-header field to indicate what
 | 
						||
   version of the MIME protocol was used to construct the message. Use
 | 
						||
   of the MIME-Version header field indicates that the message is in
 | 
						||
   full compliance with the MIME protocol (as defined in RFC 2045[7]).
 | 
						||
   Proxies/gateways are responsible for ensuring full compliance (where
 | 
						||
   possible) when exporting HTTP messages to strict MIME environments.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       MIME-Version   = "MIME-Version" ":" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   MIME version "1.0" is the default for use in HTTP/1.1. However,
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 message parsing and semantics are defined by this document
 | 
						||
   and not the MIME specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.2 Conversion to Canonical Form
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   RFC 2045 [7] requires that an Internet mail entity be converted to
 | 
						||
   canonical form prior to being transferred, as described in section 4
 | 
						||
   of RFC 2049 [48]. Section 3.7.1 of this document describes the forms
 | 
						||
   allowed for subtypes of the "text" media type when transmitted over
 | 
						||
   HTTP. RFC 2046 requires that content with a type of "text" represent
 | 
						||
   line breaks as CRLF and forbids the use of CR or LF outside of line
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 167]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   break sequences. HTTP allows CRLF, bare CR, and bare LF to indicate a
 | 
						||
   line break within text content when a message is transmitted over
 | 
						||
   HTTP.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Where it is possible, a proxy or gateway from HTTP to a strict MIME
 | 
						||
   environment SHOULD translate all line breaks within the text media
 | 
						||
   types described in section 3.7.1 of this document to the RFC 2049
 | 
						||
   canonical form of CRLF. Note, however, that this might be complicated
 | 
						||
   by the presence of a Content-Encoding and by the fact that HTTP
 | 
						||
   allows the use of some character sets which do not use octets 13 and
 | 
						||
   10 to represent CR and LF, as is the case for some multi-byte
 | 
						||
   character sets.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Implementors should note that conversion will break any cryptographic
 | 
						||
   checksums applied to the original content unless the original content
 | 
						||
   is already in canonical form. Therefore, the canonical form is
 | 
						||
   recommended for any content that uses such checksums in HTTP.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.3 Conversion of Date Formats
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 uses a restricted set of date formats (section 3.3.1) to
 | 
						||
   simplify the process of date comparison. Proxies and gateways from
 | 
						||
   other protocols SHOULD ensure that any Date header field present in a
 | 
						||
   message conforms to one of the HTTP/1.1 formats and rewrite the date
 | 
						||
   if necessary.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.4 Introduction of Content-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   RFC 2045 does not include any concept equivalent to HTTP/1.1's
 | 
						||
   Content-Encoding header field. Since this acts as a modifier on the
 | 
						||
   media type, proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant
 | 
						||
   protocols MUST either change the value of the Content-Type header
 | 
						||
   field or decode the entity-body before forwarding the message. (Some
 | 
						||
   experimental applications of Content-Type for Internet mail have used
 | 
						||
   a media-type parameter of ";conversions=<content-coding>" to perform
 | 
						||
   a function equivalent to Content-Encoding. However, this parameter is
 | 
						||
   not part of RFC 2045.)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.5 No Content-Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP does not use the Content-Transfer-Encoding (CTE) field of RFC
 | 
						||
   2045. Proxies and gateways from MIME-compliant protocols to HTTP MUST
 | 
						||
   remove any non-identity CTE ("quoted-printable" or "base64") encoding
 | 
						||
   prior to delivering the response message to an HTTP client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant protocols are
 | 
						||
   responsible for ensuring that the message is in the correct format
 | 
						||
   and encoding for safe transport on that protocol, where "safe
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 168]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   transport" is defined by the limitations of the protocol being used.
 | 
						||
   Such a proxy or gateway SHOULD label the data with an appropriate
 | 
						||
   Content-Transfer-Encoding if doing so will improve the likelihood of
 | 
						||
   safe transport over the destination protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.6 Introduction of Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 introduces the Transfer-Encoding header field (section
 | 
						||
   14.41). Proxies/gateways MUST remove any transfer-coding prior to
 | 
						||
   forwarding a message via a MIME-compliant protocol.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A process for decoding the "chunked" transfer-coding (section 3.6)
 | 
						||
   can be represented in pseudo-code as:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
       length := 0
 | 
						||
       read chunk-size, chunk-extension (if any) and CRLF
 | 
						||
       while (chunk-size > 0) {
 | 
						||
          read chunk-data and CRLF
 | 
						||
          append chunk-data to entity-body
 | 
						||
          length := length + chunk-size
 | 
						||
          read chunk-size and CRLF
 | 
						||
       }
 | 
						||
       read entity-header
 | 
						||
       while (entity-header not empty) {
 | 
						||
          append entity-header to existing header fields
 | 
						||
          read entity-header
 | 
						||
       }
 | 
						||
       Content-Length := length
 | 
						||
       Remove "chunked" from Transfer-Encoding
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.4.7 MHTML and Line Length Limitations
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   HTTP implementations which share code with MHTML [45] implementations
 | 
						||
   need to be aware of MIME line length limitations. Since HTTP does not
 | 
						||
   have this limitation, HTTP does not fold long lines. MHTML messages
 | 
						||
   being transported by HTTP follow all conventions of MHTML, including
 | 
						||
   line length limitations and folding, canonicalization, etc., since
 | 
						||
   HTTP transports all message-bodies as payload (see section 3.7.2) and
 | 
						||
   does not interpret the content or any MIME header lines that might be
 | 
						||
   contained therein.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.5 Additional Features
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   RFC 1945 and RFC 2068 document protocol elements used by some
 | 
						||
   existing HTTP implementations, but not consistently and correctly
 | 
						||
   across most HTTP/1.1 applications. Implementors are advised to be
 | 
						||
   aware of these features, but cannot rely upon their presence in, or
 | 
						||
   interoperability with, other HTTP/1.1 applications. Some of these
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 169]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   describe proposed experimental features, and some describe features
 | 
						||
   that experimental deployment found lacking that are now addressed in
 | 
						||
   the base HTTP/1.1 specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A number of other headers, such as Content-Disposition and Title,
 | 
						||
   from SMTP and MIME are also often implemented (see RFC 2076 [37]).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.5.1 Content-Disposition
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Content-Disposition response-header field has been proposed as a
 | 
						||
   means for the origin server to suggest a default filename if the user
 | 
						||
   requests that the content is saved to a file. This usage is derived
 | 
						||
   from the definition of Content-Disposition in RFC 1806 [35].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        content-disposition = "Content-Disposition" ":"
 | 
						||
                              disposition-type *( ";" disposition-parm )
 | 
						||
        disposition-type = "attachment" | disp-extension-token
 | 
						||
        disposition-parm = filename-parm | disp-extension-parm
 | 
						||
        filename-parm = "filename" "=" quoted-string
 | 
						||
        disp-extension-token = token
 | 
						||
        disp-extension-parm = token "=" ( token | quoted-string )
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   An example is
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="fname.ext"
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The receiving user agent SHOULD NOT respect any directory path
 | 
						||
   information present in the filename-parm parameter, which is the only
 | 
						||
   parameter believed to apply to HTTP implementations at this time. The
 | 
						||
   filename SHOULD be treated as a terminal component only.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   If this header is used in a response with the application/octet-
 | 
						||
   stream content-type, the implied suggestion is that the user agent
 | 
						||
   should not display the response, but directly enter a `save response
 | 
						||
   as...' dialog.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   See section 15.5 for Content-Disposition security issues.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.6 Compatibility with Previous Versions
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   It is beyond the scope of a protocol specification to mandate
 | 
						||
   compliance with previous versions. HTTP/1.1 was deliberately
 | 
						||
   designed, however, to make supporting previous versions easy. It is
 | 
						||
   worth noting that, at the time of composing this specification
 | 
						||
   (1996), we would expect commercial HTTP/1.1 servers to:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - recognize the format of the Request-Line for HTTP/0.9, 1.0, and
 | 
						||
        1.1 requests;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 170]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - understand any valid request in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
 | 
						||
        1.1;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - respond appropriately with a message in the same major version
 | 
						||
        used by the client.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   And we would expect HTTP/1.1 clients to:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - recognize the format of the Status-Line for HTTP/1.0 and 1.1
 | 
						||
        responses;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - understand any valid response in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
 | 
						||
        1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   For most implementations of HTTP/1.0, each connection is established
 | 
						||
   by the client prior to the request and closed by the server after
 | 
						||
   sending the response. Some implementations implement the Keep-Alive
 | 
						||
   version of persistent connections described in section 19.7.1 of RFC
 | 
						||
   2068 [33].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.6.1 Changes from HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This section summarizes major differences between versions HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   and HTTP/1.1.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.6.1.1 Changes to Simplify Multi-homed Web Servers and Conserve IP
 | 
						||
         Addresses
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The requirements that clients and servers support the Host request-
 | 
						||
   header, report an error if the Host request-header (section 14.23) is
 | 
						||
   missing from an HTTP/1.1 request, and accept absolute URIs (section
 | 
						||
   5.1.2) are among the most important changes defined by this
 | 
						||
   specification.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Older HTTP/1.0 clients assumed a one-to-one relationship of IP
 | 
						||
   addresses and servers; there was no other established mechanism for
 | 
						||
   distinguishing the intended server of a request than the IP address
 | 
						||
   to which that request was directed. The changes outlined above will
 | 
						||
   allow the Internet, once older HTTP clients are no longer common, to
 | 
						||
   support multiple Web sites from a single IP address, greatly
 | 
						||
   simplifying large operational Web servers, where allocation of many
 | 
						||
   IP addresses to a single host has created serious problems. The
 | 
						||
   Internet will also be able to recover the IP addresses that have been
 | 
						||
   allocated for the sole purpose of allowing special-purpose domain
 | 
						||
   names to be used in root-level HTTP URLs. Given the rate of growth of
 | 
						||
   the Web, and the number of servers already deployed, it is extremely
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 171]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   important that all implementations of HTTP (including updates to
 | 
						||
   existing HTTP/1.0 applications) correctly implement these
 | 
						||
   requirements:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Both clients and servers MUST support the Host request-header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - A client that sends an HTTP/1.1 request MUST send a Host header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Servers MUST report a 400 (Bad Request) error if an HTTP/1.1
 | 
						||
        request does not include a Host request-header.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      - Servers MUST accept absolute URIs.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.6.2 Compatibility with HTTP/1.0 Persistent Connections
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Some clients and servers might wish to be compatible with some
 | 
						||
   previous implementations of persistent connections in HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   clients and servers. Persistent connections in HTTP/1.0 are
 | 
						||
   explicitly negotiated as they are not the default behavior. HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   experimental implementations of persistent connections are faulty,
 | 
						||
   and the new facilities in HTTP/1.1 are designed to rectify these
 | 
						||
   problems. The problem was that some existing 1.0 clients may be
 | 
						||
   sending Keep-Alive to a proxy server that doesn't understand
 | 
						||
   Connection, which would then erroneously forward it to the next
 | 
						||
   inbound server, which would establish the Keep-Alive connection and
 | 
						||
   result in a hung HTTP/1.0 proxy waiting for the close on the
 | 
						||
   response. The result is that HTTP/1.0 clients must be prevented from
 | 
						||
   using Keep-Alive when talking to proxies.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   However, talking to proxies is the most important use of persistent
 | 
						||
   connections, so that prohibition is clearly unacceptable. Therefore,
 | 
						||
   we need some other mechanism for indicating a persistent connection
 | 
						||
   is desired, which is safe to use even when talking to an old proxy
 | 
						||
   that ignores Connection. Persistent connections are the default for
 | 
						||
   HTTP/1.1 messages; we introduce a new keyword (Connection: close) for
 | 
						||
   declaring non-persistence. See section 14.10.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The original HTTP/1.0 form of persistent connections (the Connection:
 | 
						||
   Keep-Alive and Keep-Alive header) is documented in RFC 2068. [33]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
19.6.3 Changes from RFC 2068
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This specification has been carefully audited to correct and
 | 
						||
   disambiguate key word usage; RFC 2068 had many problems in respect to
 | 
						||
   the conventions laid out in RFC 2119 [34].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clarified which error code should be used for inbound server failures
 | 
						||
   (e.g. DNS failures). (Section 10.5.5).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 172]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   CREATE had a race that required an Etag be sent when a resource is
 | 
						||
   first created. (Section 10.2.2).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Content-Base was deleted from the specification: it was not
 | 
						||
   implemented widely, and there is no simple, safe way to introduce it
 | 
						||
   without a robust extension mechanism. In addition, it is used in a
 | 
						||
   similar, but not identical fashion in MHTML [45].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-coding and message lengths all interact in ways that
 | 
						||
   required fixing exactly when chunked encoding is used (to allow for
 | 
						||
   transfer encoding that may not be self delimiting); it was important
 | 
						||
   to straighten out exactly how message lengths are computed. (Sections
 | 
						||
   3.6, 4.4, 7.2.2, 13.5.2, 14.13, 14.16)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A content-coding of "identity" was introduced, to solve problems
 | 
						||
   discovered in caching. (section 3.5)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Quality Values of zero should indicate that "I don't want something"
 | 
						||
   to allow clients to refuse a representation. (Section 3.9)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The use and interpretation of HTTP version numbers has been clarified
 | 
						||
   by RFC 2145. Require proxies to upgrade requests to highest protocol
 | 
						||
   version they support to deal with problems discovered in HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   implementations (Section 3.1)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Charset wildcarding is introduced to avoid explosion of character set
 | 
						||
   names in accept headers. (Section 14.2)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   A case was missed in the Cache-Control model of HTTP/1.1; s-maxage
 | 
						||
   was introduced to add this missing case. (Sections 13.4, 14.8, 14.9,
 | 
						||
   14.9.3)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Cache-Control: max-age directive was not properly defined for
 | 
						||
   responses. (Section 14.9.3)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   There are situations where a server (especially a proxy) does not
 | 
						||
   know the full length of a response but is capable of serving a
 | 
						||
   byterange request. We therefore need a mechanism to allow byteranges
 | 
						||
   with a content-range not indicating the full length of the message.
 | 
						||
   (Section 14.16)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Range request responses would become very verbose if all meta-data
 | 
						||
   were always returned; by allowing the server to only send needed
 | 
						||
   headers in a 206 response, this problem can be avoided. (Section
 | 
						||
   10.2.7, 13.5.3, and 14.27)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 173]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Fix problem with unsatisfiable range requests; there are two cases:
 | 
						||
   syntactic problems, and range doesn't exist in the document. The 416
 | 
						||
   status code was needed to resolve this ambiguity needed to indicate
 | 
						||
   an error for a byte range request that falls outside of the actual
 | 
						||
   contents of a document. (Section 10.4.17, 14.16)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Rewrite of message transmission requirements to make it much harder
 | 
						||
   for implementors to get it wrong, as the consequences of errors here
 | 
						||
   can have significant impact on the Internet, and to deal with the
 | 
						||
   following problems:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      1. Changing "HTTP/1.1 or later" to "HTTP/1.1", in contexts where
 | 
						||
         this was incorrectly placing a requirement on the behavior of
 | 
						||
         an implementation of a future version of HTTP/1.x
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      2. Made it clear that user-agents should retry requests, not
 | 
						||
         "clients" in general.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      3. Converted requirements for clients to ignore unexpected 100
 | 
						||
         (Continue) responses, and for proxies to forward 100 responses,
 | 
						||
         into a general requirement for 1xx responses.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      4. Modified some TCP-specific language, to make it clearer that
 | 
						||
         non-TCP transports are possible for HTTP.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      5. Require that the origin server MUST NOT wait for the request
 | 
						||
         body before it sends a required 100 (Continue) response.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      6. Allow, rather than require, a server to omit 100 (Continue) if
 | 
						||
         it has already seen some of the request body.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      7. Allow servers to defend against denial-of-service attacks and
 | 
						||
         broken clients.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This change adds the Expect header and 417 status code. The message
 | 
						||
   transmission requirements fixes are in sections 8.2, 10.4.18,
 | 
						||
   8.1.2.2, 13.11, and 14.20.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Proxies should be able to add Content-Length when appropriate.
 | 
						||
   (Section 13.5.2)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Clean up confusion between 403 and 404 responses. (Section 10.4.4,
 | 
						||
   10.4.5, and 10.4.11)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Warnings could be cached incorrectly, or not updated appropriately.
 | 
						||
   (Section 13.1.2, 13.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.9.3, and 14.46) Warning
 | 
						||
   also needed to be a general header, as PUT or other methods may have
 | 
						||
   need for it in requests.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 174]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Transfer-coding had significant problems, particularly with
 | 
						||
   interactions with chunked encoding. The solution is that transfer-
 | 
						||
   codings become as full fledged as content-codings. This involves
 | 
						||
   adding an IANA registry for transfer-codings (separate from content
 | 
						||
   codings), a new header field (TE) and enabling trailer headers in the
 | 
						||
   future. Transfer encoding is a major performance benefit, so it was
 | 
						||
   worth fixing [39]. TE also solves another, obscure, downward
 | 
						||
   interoperability problem that could have occurred due to interactions
 | 
						||
   between authentication trailers, chunked encoding and HTTP/1.0
 | 
						||
   clients.(Section 3.6, 3.6.1, and 14.39)
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The PATCH, LINK, UNLINK methods were defined but not commonly
 | 
						||
   implemented in previous versions of this specification. See RFC 2068
 | 
						||
   [33].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The Alternates, Content-Version, Derived-From, Link, URI, Public and
 | 
						||
   Content-Base header fields were defined in previous versions of this
 | 
						||
   specification, but not commonly implemented. See RFC 2068 [33].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
20 Index
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Please see the PostScript version of this RFC for the INDEX.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 175]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
RFC 2616                        HTTP/1.1                       June 1999
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
21.  Full Copyright Statement
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
 | 
						||
   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
 | 
						||
   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
 | 
						||
   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
 | 
						||
   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
 | 
						||
   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
 | 
						||
   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
 | 
						||
   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
 | 
						||
   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
 | 
						||
   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
 | 
						||
   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
 | 
						||
   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
 | 
						||
   English.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
 | 
						||
   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
 | 
						||
   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
 | 
						||
   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
 | 
						||
   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
 | 
						||
   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 | 
						||
   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Acknowledgement
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
   Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
 | 
						||
   Internet Society.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Fielding, et al.            Standards Track                   [Page 176]
 | 
						||
 |